Sharp EL W506 W506/W516/W546 Operation Manual GB User To The A9ea6ae8 A7cf 4f4b 8a66 Dc5a3308b475

User Manual: Sharp EL-W506 to the manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 16

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)

INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientiﬁ c Calculator

Model EL-W506/W516/W546.

About the calculation examples (including some formulas

and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to

the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.

After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for

future reference.

Notes:

• Some of the models described in this manual may not be

available in some countries.

• This product uses a period as a decimal point.

Operational Notes

• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it

may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass

and is particularly fragile.

• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a

car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to

excessively humid or dusty environments.

• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store

it where ﬂ uids, for example water, can splash onto it.

Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,

etc. will also cause malfunction.

• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.

• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.

• Never dispose of batteries in a ﬁ re.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for

long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an

extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,

and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes

every hour).

If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this

product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort

continues, please consult a doctor.

• This product, including accessories, may change due to

upgrading without prior notice.

NOTICE

• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent

written records be kept of all important data. Data may be

lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product

under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes

no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered

unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,

defects, battery replacement, use after the speciﬁ ed

battery life has expired, or any other cause.

• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental

or consequential economic or property damage caused

by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its

peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.

♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a

ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:

• When using for the ﬁ rst time

• After replacing the battery

• To clear all memory contents

• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are

inoperative

Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that

pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.

If service should be required on this calculator, use only a

SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or

SHARP repair service where available.

Hard Case

Remove the hard case, holding it with your ﬁ ngers in the

positions shown below.

DISPLAY

Dot

matrix

display

Symbol

Mantissa Exponent

• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.

• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained

are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.

: Indicates that some contents are hidden in the

directions shown.

2ndF: Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the

functions shown in orange are enabled.

HYP: Indicates that H has been pressed and the

hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is

pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that

inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.

ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,

and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of

statistics can be performed.

DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.

BUSY: Appears during the execution of a calculation.

W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.

M: Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the

independent memory (M).

Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.

ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a

value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed

on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.

BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR

When using for the ﬁ rst time, press the RESET switch (on the

back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

Adjusting the Display Contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the

contrast. Press j to exit.

Power On and Off

Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was on-

screen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.

Press @ o to turn the calculator off.

Key Notations Used in this Manual

In this manual, key operations are described as follows:

To specify ex: @ "

To specify ln: i

To specify E: ; E

• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require

@ to be pressed ﬁ rst before the key. When you specify the

memory, press ; ﬁ rst. Numbers for input values are not

shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.

• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are

effective in speciﬁ c modes.

• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter

“X” in this manual as follows:

To specify the multiplication operator: k

To specify the letter “X”: ; X

The WriteView and Line Editors

This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:

WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP

menu.

The WriteView editor (default) The Line editor

Notes:

• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.

• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o

symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown

as they would appear in the Line editor.

Clearing the Entry and Memories

Operation

Entry

(Display)

A–F,

M, X, Y

F1–F4,

D1–D4

ANS STAT

matA–D

L1–L4

○× ××××

@ Z

○× ×○○○

Mode selection (

)○× ×××*6○

@ P 0

*7○× ××××

@ P 1 0

7○○ ○○○○

@ P 2 0

*7,

*8○○ ○○○○

RESET switch*8○○ ○○○○

○: Clear ×: Retain

*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one

variable memory.

*2 Formula memories and deﬁ nable memories. See “Memory

Calculations”.

*3 Statistical data (entered data)

*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)

*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)

*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.

*7 See “Memory clear key”.

*8 The username you stored using the name display function will

be cleared as well.

Memory clear key

Press @ P to display the menu.

• To initialize the display settings,

press 0. The parameters are

set as follows:

• Angular unit: DEG

• Display notation: NORM1

• N-base: DEC

• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,

ANS, S TAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.

• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET

operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore

the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by

pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.

Mode Selection

→

NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)

Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.

STAT mode: b 1

Used to perform statistical operations.

DRILL mode: b 2

Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.

CPLX mode: b 3

Used to perform complex number calculations.

MATRIX mode: b 4

Used to perform matrix calculations.

LIST mode: b 5

Used to perform list calculations.

EQUATION mode: b 6

Used to solve equations.

SET UP Menu

Press @ J to display the

SET UP menu.

Press j to exit the SET UP menu.

Determination of the angular unit

The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)

can be speciﬁ ed.

DEG (°): @ J 0 0 (default)

RAD (rad): @ J 0 1

GRAD (g): @ J 0 2

Selecting the display notation and decimal places 1

Five display notation systems are used to display calculation

results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),

Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientiﬁ c notation (SCI), and

Engineering notation (ENG).

• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2

(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number

of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.

• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will

be displayed and the number of signiﬁ cant digits can be set to

any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.

Setting the ﬂ oating point number system in scientiﬁ c notation

Two settings are used to display a ﬂ oating-point number: NORM1

(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in

scientiﬁ c notation outside a preset range:

•

NORM1 (@ J 1 3)

: 0.000000001

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

•

NORM2 (@ J 1 4)

: 0.01

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

Selecting the editor

Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:

• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)

• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1

Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.

Adjusting the display contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.

Press j to exit.

Insert and overwrite entry methods

When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method

from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.

After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J

4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular

one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten

as you make entries.

Name display function

You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the

power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.

Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.

Entering and editing the username:

1. Press @ J 5. The

editing screen appears with a

ﬂ ashing cursor.

2. Use u and d to scroll

through the available characters. The following characters

can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):

Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),

hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),

and space ( ).

Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or

j to jump to the space.

3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.

To modify a character, use l or r to move the

cursor to the character, then select another character using

u or d.

Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of

the ﬁ rst line or the end of the second.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.

5. Press = to save.

Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the

characters.

ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION

The WriteView Editor

Entry and display

In the WriteView editor, you can

enter and display fractions or certain

functions as you would write them.

Notes:

• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.

•

If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the

display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire

equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.

Displaying calculation results

When possible, calculation results will be displayed using

fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will

cycle through the following display styles:

• Mixed fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 improper fractions

(with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Proper fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using

square roots) 󱚴 decimal numbers

Notes:

• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed

using r:

• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations

• Trigonometric calculations

• In trigonometric calculations,

when entering values such as

those in the table to the right,

results may be shown using r.

• Calculation results may extend

off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by

pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or

right portion is hidden).

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed

as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their

expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed

fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits

(including integers) is eight.

• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional

result that uses π is greater than three, the result is

converted to and displayed as a decimal number.

The Line Editor

Entry and display

In the Line editor, you can enter

and display equations line by line.

Notes:

• Up to three lines of text may be

viewed on the screen at one time.

• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it

may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see

the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the

editing screen.

• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in

decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.

Editing the Equation

Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to

the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the

beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the

cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to

the beginning or the end of the equation.

In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to

move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and

denominator, for example.

Back space and delete key

To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of

it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function

that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.

The MATH Menu

Other functions may be available on this calculator besides

those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed

using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents

for each mode.

Press N to display the MATH

menu. For example, in NORMAL

mode, you can call the functions

shown on the right.

Notes:

• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use

u or d to display any hidden menu items.

• N does not function when entering values or items in

STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver

functions or simulation calculations.

The CATALOG Menu

Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and

variables that are available for what you are doing in the

currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,

press N 0.

• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e

to select.

• Press l or r to scroll up or down.

• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the ﬁ rst or last item.

Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION

modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

Multi-line Playback Function 3

This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous

equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A

maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When

the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make

room, starting with the oldest.

Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further

pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning

to the previous equation, press d to view equations in

order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the

oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.

• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.

• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following

operations:

@ Z, mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,

angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2

0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@

P 1 0).

• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven

characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.

• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an

equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount

for the sake of display.

• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such

as “=”.

Priority Levels in Calculation

This calculator performs operations according to the following

priority:

① Fractions (1

4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering preﬁ xes

③ Functions preceded by their argument (x−1, x2, n!, etc.)

④ yx, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)

⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)

⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A 1

⎯

4, etc.) ⑧ nCr,

nPr, 󱚴cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,

M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy, and

other calculation ending instructions

• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have

precedence over any other calculations.

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS

• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.

• In each example, press j to clear the display ﬁ rst. Unless

otherwise speciﬁ ed, calculation examples are performed in

the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default

display settings (@ P 0).

Arithmetic Operations 4

• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m

may be omitted.

Constant Calculations 5

• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.

Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.

For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.

• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.

• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT

modes.

Functions 6

• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.

• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:

• : to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",

@ Y)

• : to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.

(W, @ k)

• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,

values are entered in the following way:

• logn (base, value)

• abs value

Integral/Differential Functions 7

Integral and differential calculations can be performed in

NORMAL mode.

Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed

based on the following equations, correct results may

not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing

special calculations that contain discontinuous points.

Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):

( )

b − a

⎯

≤

⎯

3h{f(a)

4{f(a

f(a

3h)

...

f(a

−

1)h)}

2{f(a

2h)

f(a

4h)

...

f(a

−

2)h)}

f(b)}

Differential calculation:

f´(x)

f(x

⎯

−

f(x

−

⎯

—

Performing integral calculations

1. Press F.

2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial

value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number

of subintervals (n).

You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the

number of subintervals is not speciﬁ ed, the default value of

n = 100 will be used.

3. Press =.

Notes:

• Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

bfunction[, subintervals]dx

Line editor:

(function, a, b[, subintervals])

• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and

subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During

calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel

calculation, press j.

Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are

large ﬂ uctuations in the

integral values during

minute shifting of the

integral range and for

periodic functions, etc.,

where positive and

negative integral values

exist depending on the

interval.

For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as

possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative

values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from

calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the

calculation time.

Performing differential calculations

1. Press @ G.

2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,

value of x, and minute interval (dx).

You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute

interval is not speciﬁ ed, it will automatically be set to 10−5

(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

d(function)

–

x = value of x[, minute interval]

Line editor:

d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])

∑ Function 8

The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression

from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.

Performing ∑ calculations

1. Press @ I.

2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,

function with variable x, and increment (n).

You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is

not speciﬁ ed, the default value of n = 1 will be used.

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

end value

Σ(function[, increment])

initial value

Line editor:

Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])

Random Function

The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be

selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further

random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.

Random numbers

A pseudo-random number, with three signiﬁ cant digits from 0 up

to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.

Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be

shown as a fraction or decimal using U.

Random dice

To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can

be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.

Random coin

To simulate a coin ﬂ ip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly

generated by pressing @ w 2 e.

Random integer

An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by

pressing @ w 3 e.

Angular Unit Conversions 9

Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in

sequence.

Memory Calculations 10

Mode ANS M, F1–F4 A–F, X, Y D1–D4

NORMAL ○○○○

STAT ○○○○

CPLX ○○×○

MATRIX ○○○○

LIST ○○○○

○: Available ×: Unavailable

Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)

Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.

Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.

To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.

Independent memory (M)

In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can

be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.

Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).

Last answer memory (ANS)

The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other

calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last

answer memory.

When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix

or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the

element covered by the cursor is stored.

Notes:

• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are

automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any

existing values.

• 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)

• Two

x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in

STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)

• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory

using up to 14 digits.

Formula memories (F1–F4)

You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing

a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace

any content that may already exist there.

Notes:

• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot

be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.

• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that

are currently being entered.

• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,

or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR

OPERATION MANUAL

MODEL

ENGLISH

Physical Constants and Metric Conversions 16

Calculations using physical constants

To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant

from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)

• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u

(l) or d (r).

Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the

ﬁ rst or last page.

• Enter the ﬁ rst digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the

page containing the number that begins with that digit.

• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed

automatically according to the display and decimal

placement settings.

• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists the physical constants. See the

calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols

and units.

Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based

on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on

the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the

International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST

(National Institute of Standards and Technology).

No. Constant No. Constant

Speed of light in vacuum

Newtonian constant of

gravitation

Standard acceleration of

gravity

Electron mass

Proton mass

Neutron mass

Muon mass

Atomic mass unit-kilogram

relationship

Elementary charge

Planck constant

Boltzmann constant

Magnetic constant

Electric constant

Classical electron radius

Fine-structure constant

Bohr radius

Rydberg constant

Magnetic ﬂ ux quantum

Bohr magneton

Electron magnetic moment

Nuclear magneton

Proton magnetic moment

Neutron magnetic moment

Muon magnetic moment

Compton wavelength

Proton Compton wavelength

Stefan-Boltzmann constant

Avogadro constant

Molar volume of ideal gas

(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)

Molar gas constant

Faraday constant

Von Klitzing constant

Electron charge to mass

quotient

Quantum of circulation

Proton gyromagnetic ratio

Josephson constant

Electron volt

Celsius Temperature

Astronomical unit

Parsec

Molar mass of carbon-12

Planck constant over 2 pi

Hartree energy

Conductance quantum

Inverse ﬁ ne-structure constant

Proton-electron mass ratio

Molar mass constant

Neutron Compton wavelength

First radiation constant

Second radiation constant

Characteristic impedance of

vacuum

Standard atmosphere

Metric conversions

Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and

select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.

• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as

the list of physical constants.

• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.

See the calculation example sheet for the metric

conversion reference table.

No. Remarks No. Remarks

01 in : inch 23 ﬂ oz(US) : ﬂ uid ounce (US)

02 cm : centimeter 24 mL : milliliter

03 ft : foot 25 ﬂ oz(UK) : ﬂ uid ounce (UK)

04 m : meter 26 mL : milliliter

05 yd : yard 27 calth : calorieth

06 m : meter 28 J : joule

07 mi : mile 29 cal15 : calorie (15°C)

08 km : kilometer 30 J : joule

09 n mi : nautical mile 31 calIT : calorieIT

10 m : meter 32 J : joule

11 acre : acre*133 hp : horsepower (UK)

12 m2 : square meter 34 W : watt

13 oz : ounce (avoirdupois) 35 ps :

horsepower (metric)

14 g : gram 36 W : watt

15 lb : pound (avoirdupois) 37 (kgf/cm2)

16 kg : kilogram 38 Pa : pascal

17 °F : degree Fahrenheit 39 atm : atmosphere

18 °C : degree Celsius 40 Pa : pascal

19 gal (US) : gallon (US) 41 (1 mmHg = 1 Torr)

20 L : liter 42 Pa : pascal

21 gal (UK) : gallon (UK) 43 (kgf·m)

22 L : liter 44 N·m : newton meter

*1 based on US survey foot

Deﬁ nable memories (D1–D4)

You can store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

(D1–D4).

• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a

deﬁ nable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed

by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,

such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to

the previous display.

• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding

memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function

that is called would be unusable in the current context.

• Any functions or operations that are stored in a deﬁ nable memory

will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.

• You cannot store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

Chain Calculations 11

The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent

calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple

instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.

Fraction Calculations 12

Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed

using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal

number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.

Notes:

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as

decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression

is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum

number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.

• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, ﬁ rst convert it by

pressing @ :.

Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal

Operations (N-base) 13

Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in

NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations

with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,

along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and

XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.

Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:

@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),

@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),

@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)

Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing

A, m

B, A

C, l

D, i

E, and H

In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional

parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having

a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or

hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,

when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation

includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the

binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers

are displayed as a complement.

Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations 14

You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and

from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,

the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations

can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for

sexagesimal is as follows:

Degree Minute Second

Coordinate Conversions 15

• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y

memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).

• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as

decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.

Rectangular coord. Polar coord.

Entry value

DEG multiples of 15

RAD multiples of 1

⎯

12 π

GRAD multiples of 50

⎯

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)

INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientiﬁ c Calculator

Model EL-W506/W516/W546.

About the calculation examples (including some formulas

and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to

the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.

After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for

future reference.

Notes:

• Some of the models described in this manual may not be

available in some countries.

• This product uses a period as a decimal point.

Operational Notes

• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it

may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass

and is particularly fragile.

• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a

car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to

excessively humid or dusty environments.

• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store

it where ﬂ uids, for example water, can splash onto it.

Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,

etc. will also cause malfunction.

• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.

• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.

• Never dispose of batteries in a ﬁ re.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for

long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an

extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,

and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes

every hour).

If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this

product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort

continues, please consult a doctor.

• This product, including accessories, may change due to

upgrading without prior notice.

NOTICE

• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent

written records be kept of all important data. Data may be

lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product

under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes

no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered

unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,

defects, battery replacement, use after the speciﬁ ed

battery life has expired, or any other cause.

• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental

or consequential economic or property damage caused

by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its

peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.

♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a

ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:

• When using for the ﬁ rst time

• After replacing the battery

• To clear all memory contents

• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are

inoperative

Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that

pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.

If service should be required on this calculator, use only a

SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or

SHARP repair service where available.

Hard Case

Remove the hard case, holding it with your ﬁ ngers in the

positions shown below.

DISPLAY

Dot

matrix

display

Symbol

Mantissa Exponent

• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.

• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained

are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.

: Indicates that some contents are hidden in the

directions shown.

2ndF: Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the

functions shown in orange are enabled.

HYP: Indicates that H has been pressed and the

hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is

pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that

inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.

ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,

and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of

statistics can be performed.

DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.

BUSY: Appears during the execution of a calculation.

W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.

M: Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the

independent memory (M).

Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.

ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a

value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed

on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.

BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR

When using for the ﬁ rst time, press the RESET switch (on the

back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

Adjusting the Display Contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the

contrast. Press j to exit.

Power On and Off

Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was on-

screen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.

Press @ o to turn the calculator off.

Key Notations Used in this Manual

In this manual, key operations are described as follows:

To specify ex: @ "

To specify ln: i

To specify E: ; E

• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require

@ to be pressed ﬁ rst before the key. When you specify the

memory, press ; ﬁ rst. Numbers for input values are not

shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.

• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are

effective in speciﬁ c modes.

• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter

“X” in this manual as follows:

To specify the multiplication operator: k

To specify the letter “X”: ; X

The WriteView and Line Editors

This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:

WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP

menu.

The WriteView editor (default) The Line editor

Notes:

• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.

• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o

symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown

as they would appear in the Line editor.

Clearing the Entry and Memories

Operation

Entry

(Display)

A–F,

M, X, Y

F1–F4,

D1–D4

ANS STAT

matA–D

L1–L4

○× ××××

@ Z

○× ×○○○

Mode selection (

)○× ×××*6○

@ P 0

*7○× ××××

@ P 1 0

7○○ ○○○○

@ P 2 0

*7,

*8○○ ○○○○

RESET switch*8○○ ○○○○

○: Clear ×: Retain

*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one

variable memory.

*2 Formula memories and deﬁ nable memories. See “Memory

Calculations”.

*3 Statistical data (entered data)

*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)

*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)

*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.

*7 See “Memory clear key”.

*8 The username you stored using the name display function will

be cleared as well.

Memory clear key

Press @ P to display the menu.

• To initialize the display settings,

press 0. The parameters are

set as follows:

• Angular unit: DEG

• Display notation: NORM1

• N-base: DEC

• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,

ANS, S TAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.

• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET

operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore

the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by

pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.

Mode Selection

→

NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)

Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.

STAT mode: b 1

Used to perform statistical operations.

DRILL mode: b 2

Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.

CPLX mode: b 3

Used to perform complex number calculations.

MATRIX mode: b 4

Used to perform matrix calculations.

LIST mode: b 5

Used to perform list calculations.

EQUATION mode: b 6

Used to solve equations.

SET UP Menu

Press @ J to display the

SET UP menu.

Press j to exit the SET UP menu.

Determination of the angular unit

The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)

can be speciﬁ ed.

DEG (°): @ J 0 0 (default)

RAD (rad): @ J 0 1

GRAD (g): @ J 0 2

Selecting the display notation and decimal places 1

Five display notation systems are used to display calculation

results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),

Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientiﬁ c notation (SCI), and

Engineering notation (ENG).

• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2

(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number

of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.

• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will

be displayed and the number of signiﬁ cant digits can be set to

any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.

Setting the ﬂ oating point number system in scientiﬁ c notation

Two settings are used to display a ﬂ oating-point number: NORM1

(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in

scientiﬁ c notation outside a preset range:

•

NORM1 (@ J 1 3)

: 0.000000001

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

•

NORM2 (@ J 1 4)

: 0.01

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

Selecting the editor

Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:

• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)

• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1

Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.

Adjusting the display contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.

Press j to exit.

Insert and overwrite entry methods

When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method

from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.

After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J

4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular

one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten

as you make entries.

Name display function

You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the

power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.

Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.

Entering and editing the username:

1. Press @ J 5. The

editing screen appears with a

ﬂ ashing cursor.

2. Use u and d to scroll

through the available characters. The following characters

can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):

Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),

hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),

and space ( ).

Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or

j to jump to the space.

3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.

To modify a character, use l or r to move the

cursor to the character, then select another character using

u or d.

Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of

the ﬁ rst line or the end of the second.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.

5. Press = to save.

Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the

characters.

ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION

The WriteView Editor

Entry and display

In the WriteView editor, you can

enter and display fractions or certain

functions as you would write them.

Notes:

• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.

•

If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the

display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire

equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.

Displaying calculation results

When possible, calculation results will be displayed using

fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will

cycle through the following display styles:

• Mixed fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 improper fractions

(with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Proper fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using

square roots) 󱚴 decimal numbers

Notes:

• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed

using r:

• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations

• Trigonometric calculations

• In trigonometric calculations,

when entering values such as

those in the table to the right,

results may be shown using r.

• Calculation results may extend

off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by

pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or

right portion is hidden).

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed

as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their

expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed

fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits

(including integers) is eight.

• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional

result that uses π is greater than three, the result is

converted to and displayed as a decimal number.

The Line Editor

Entry and display

In the Line editor, you can enter

and display equations line by line.

Notes:

• Up to three lines of text may be

viewed on the screen at one time.

• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it

may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see

the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the

editing screen.

• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in

decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.

Editing the Equation

Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to

the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the

beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the

cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to

the beginning or the end of the equation.

In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to

move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and

denominator, for example.

Back space and delete key

To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of

it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function

that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.

The MATH Menu

Other functions may be available on this calculator besides

those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed

using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents

for each mode.

Press N to display the MATH

menu. For example, in NORMAL

mode, you can call the functions

shown on the right.

Notes:

• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use

u or d to display any hidden menu items.

• N does not function when entering values or items in

STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver

functions or simulation calculations.

The CATALOG Menu

Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and

variables that are available for what you are doing in the

currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,

press N 0.

• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e

to select.

• Press l or r to scroll up or down.

• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the ﬁ rst or last item.

Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION

modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

Multi-line Playback Function 3

This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous

equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A

maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When

the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make

room, starting with the oldest.

Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further

pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning

to the previous equation, press d to view equations in

order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the

oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.

• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.

• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following

operations:

@ Z, mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,

angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2

0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@

P 1 0).

• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven

characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.

• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an

equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount

for the sake of display.

• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such

as “=”.

Priority Levels in Calculation

This calculator performs operations according to the following

priority:

① Fractions (1

4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering preﬁ xes

③ Functions preceded by their argument (x−1, x2, n!, etc.)

④ yx, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)

⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)

⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A 1

⎯

4, etc.) ⑧ nCr,

nPr, 󱚴cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,

M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy, and

other calculation ending instructions

• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have

precedence over any other calculations.

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS

• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.

• In each example, press j to clear the display ﬁ rst. Unless

otherwise speciﬁ ed, calculation examples are performed in

the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default

display settings (@ P 0).

Arithmetic Operations 4

• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m

may be omitted.

Constant Calculations 5

• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.

Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.

For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.

• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.

• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT

modes.

Functions 6

• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.

• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:

• : to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",

@ Y)

• : to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.

(W, @ k)

• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,

values are entered in the following way:

• logn (base, value)

• abs value

Integral/Differential Functions 7

Integral and differential calculations can be performed in

NORMAL mode.

Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed

based on the following equations, correct results may

not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing

special calculations that contain discontinuous points.

Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):

( )

b − a

⎯

≤

⎯

3h{f(a)

4{f(a

f(a

3h)

...

f(a

−

1)h)}

2{f(a

2h)

f(a

4h)

...

f(a

−

2)h)}

f(b)}

Differential calculation:

f´(x)

f(x

⎯

−

f(x

−

⎯

—

Performing integral calculations

1. Press F.

2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial

value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number

of subintervals (n).

You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the

number of subintervals is not speciﬁ ed, the default value of

n = 100 will be used.

3. Press =.

Notes:

• Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

bfunction[, subintervals]dx

Line editor:

(function, a, b[, subintervals])

• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and

subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During

calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel

calculation, press j.

Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are

large ﬂ uctuations in the

integral values during

minute shifting of the

integral range and for

periodic functions, etc.,

where positive and

negative integral values

exist depending on the

interval.

For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as

possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative

values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from

calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the

calculation time.

Performing differential calculations

1. Press @ G.

2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,

value of x, and minute interval (dx).

You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute

interval is not speciﬁ ed, it will automatically be set to 10−5

(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

d(function)

–

x = value of x[, minute interval]

Line editor:

d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])

∑ Function 8

The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression

from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.

Performing ∑ calculations

1. Press @ I.

2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,

function with variable x, and increment (n).

You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is

not speciﬁ ed, the default value of n = 1 will be used.

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

end value

Σ(function[, increment])

initial value

Line editor:

Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])

Random Function

The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be

selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further

random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.

Random numbers

A pseudo-random number, with three signiﬁ cant digits from 0 up

to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.

Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be

shown as a fraction or decimal using U.

Random dice

To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can

be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.

Random coin

To simulate a coin ﬂ ip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly

generated by pressing @ w 2 e.

Random integer

An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by

pressing @ w 3 e.

Angular Unit Conversions 9

Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in

sequence.

Memory Calculations 10

Mode ANS M, F1–F4 A–F, X, Y D1–D4

NORMAL ○○○○

STAT ○○○○

CPLX ○○×○

MATRIX ○○○○

LIST ○○○○

○: Available ×: Unavailable

Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)

Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.

Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.

To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.

Independent memory (M)

In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can

be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.

Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).

Last answer memory (ANS)

The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other

calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last

answer memory.

When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix

or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the

element covered by the cursor is stored.

Notes:

• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are

automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any

existing values.

• 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)

• Two

x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in

STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)

• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory

using up to 14 digits.

Formula memories (F1–F4)

You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing

a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace

any content that may already exist there.

Notes:

• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot

be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.

• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that

are currently being entered.

• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,

or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR

OPERATION MANUAL

MODEL

ENGLISH

Physical Constants and Metric Conversions 16

Calculations using physical constants

To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant

from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)

• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u

(l) or d (r).

Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the

ﬁ rst or last page.

• Enter the ﬁ rst digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the

page containing the number that begins with that digit.

• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed

automatically according to the display and decimal

placement settings.

• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists the physical constants. See the

calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols

and units.

Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based

on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on

the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the

International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST

(National Institute of Standards and Technology).

No. Constant No. Constant

Speed of light in vacuum

Newtonian constant of

gravitation

Standard acceleration of

gravity

Electron mass

Proton mass

Neutron mass

Muon mass

Atomic mass unit-kilogram

relationship

Elementary charge

Planck constant

Boltzmann constant

Magnetic constant

Electric constant

Classical electron radius

Fine-structure constant

Bohr radius

Rydberg constant

Magnetic ﬂ ux quantum

Bohr magneton

Electron magnetic moment

Nuclear magneton

Proton magnetic moment

Neutron magnetic moment

Muon magnetic moment

Compton wavelength

Proton Compton wavelength

Stefan-Boltzmann constant

Avogadro constant

Molar volume of ideal gas

(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)

Molar gas constant

Faraday constant

Von Klitzing constant

Electron charge to mass

quotient

Quantum of circulation

Proton gyromagnetic ratio

Josephson constant

Electron volt

Celsius Temperature

Astronomical unit

Parsec

Molar mass of carbon-12

Planck constant over 2 pi

Hartree energy

Conductance quantum

Inverse ﬁ ne-structure constant

Proton-electron mass ratio

Molar mass constant

Neutron Compton wavelength

First radiation constant

Second radiation constant

Characteristic impedance of

vacuum

Standard atmosphere

Metric conversions

Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and

select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.

• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as

the list of physical constants.

• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.

See the calculation example sheet for the metric

conversion reference table.

No. Remarks No. Remarks

01 in : inch 23 ﬂ oz(US) : ﬂ uid ounce (US)

02 cm : centimeter 24 mL : milliliter

03 ft : foot 25 ﬂ oz(UK) : ﬂ uid ounce (UK)

04 m : meter 26 mL : milliliter

05 yd : yard 27 calth : calorieth

06 m : meter 28 J : joule

07 mi : mile 29 cal15 : calorie (15°C)

08 km : kilometer 30 J : joule

09 n mi : nautical mile 31 calIT : calorieIT

10 m : meter 32 J : joule

11 acre : acre*133 hp : horsepower (UK)

12 m2 : square meter 34 W : watt

13 oz : ounce (avoirdupois) 35 ps :

horsepower (metric)

14 g : gram 36 W : watt

15 lb : pound (avoirdupois) 37 (kgf/cm2)

16 kg : kilogram 38 Pa : pascal

17 °F : degree Fahrenheit 39 atm : atmosphere

18 °C : degree Celsius 40 Pa : pascal

19 gal (US) : gallon (US) 41 (1 mmHg = 1 Torr)

20 L : liter 42 Pa : pascal

21 gal (UK) : gallon (UK) 43 (kgf·m)

22 L : liter 44 N·m : newton meter

*1 based on US survey foot

Deﬁ nable memories (D1–D4)

You can store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

(D1–D4).

• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a

deﬁ nable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed

by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,

such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to

the previous display.

• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding

memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function

that is called would be unusable in the current context.

• Any functions or operations that are stored in a deﬁ nable memory

will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.

• You cannot store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

Chain Calculations 11

The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent

calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple

instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.

Fraction Calculations 12

Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed

using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal

number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.

Notes:

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as

decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression

is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum

number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.

• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, ﬁ rst convert it by

pressing @ :.

Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal

Operations (N-base) 13

Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in

NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations

with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,

along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and

XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.

Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:

@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),

@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),

@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)

Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing

A, m

B, A

C, l

D, i

E, and H

In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional

parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having

a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or

hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,

when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation

includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the

binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers

are displayed as a complement.

Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations 14

You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and

from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,

the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations

can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for

sexagesimal is as follows:

Degree Minute Second

Coordinate Conversions 15

• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y

memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).

• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as

decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.

Rectangular coord. Polar coord.

Entry value

DEG multiples of 15

RAD multiples of 1

⎯

12 π

GRAD multiples of 50

⎯

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)

INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientiﬁ c Calculator

Model EL-W506/W516/W546.

About the calculation examples (including some formulas

and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to

the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.

After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for

future reference.

Notes:

• Some of the models described in this manual may not be

available in some countries.

• This product uses a period as a decimal point.

Operational Notes

• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it

may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass

and is particularly fragile.

• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a

car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to

excessively humid or dusty environments.

• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store

it where ﬂ uids, for example water, can splash onto it.

Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,

etc. will also cause malfunction.

• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.

• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.

• Never dispose of batteries in a ﬁ re.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for

long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an

extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,

and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes

every hour).

If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this

product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort

continues, please consult a doctor.

• This product, including accessories, may change due to

upgrading without prior notice.

NOTICE

• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent

written records be kept of all important data. Data may be

lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product

under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes

no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered

unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,

defects, battery replacement, use after the speciﬁ ed

battery life has expired, or any other cause.

• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental

or consequential economic or property damage caused

by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its

peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.

♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a

ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:

• When using for the ﬁ rst time

• After replacing the battery

• To clear all memory contents

• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are

inoperative

Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that

pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.

If service should be required on this calculator, use only a

SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or

SHARP repair service where available.

Hard Case

Remove the hard case, holding it with your ﬁ ngers in the

positions shown below.

DISPLAY

Dot

matrix

display

Symbol

Mantissa Exponent

• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.

• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained

are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.

: Indicates that some contents are hidden in the

directions shown.

2ndF: Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the

functions shown in orange are enabled.

HYP: Indicates that H has been pressed and the

hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is

pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that

inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.

ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,

and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of

statistics can be performed.

DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.

BUSY: Appears during the execution of a calculation.

W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.

M: Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the

independent memory (M).

Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.

ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a

value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed

on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.

BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR

When using for the ﬁ rst time, press the RESET switch (on the

back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

Adjusting the Display Contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the

contrast. Press j to exit.

Power On and Off

Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was on-

screen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.

Press @ o to turn the calculator off.

Key Notations Used in this Manual

In this manual, key operations are described as follows:

To specify ex: @ "

To specify ln: i

To specify E: ; E

• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require

@ to be pressed ﬁ rst before the key. When you specify the

memory, press ; ﬁ rst. Numbers for input values are not

shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.

• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are

effective in speciﬁ c modes.

• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter

“X” in this manual as follows:

To specify the multiplication operator: k

To specify the letter “X”: ; X

The WriteView and Line Editors

This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:

WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP

menu.

The WriteView editor (default) The Line editor

Notes:

• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.

• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o

symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown

as they would appear in the Line editor.

Clearing the Entry and Memories

Operation

Entry

(Display)

A–F,

M, X, Y

F1–F4,

D1–D4

ANS STAT

matA–D

L1–L4

○× ××××

@ Z

○× ×○○○

Mode selection (

)○× ×××*6○

@ P 0

*7○× ××××

@ P 1 0

7○○ ○○○○

@ P 2 0

*7,

*8○○ ○○○○

RESET switch*8○○ ○○○○

○: Clear ×: Retain

*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one

variable memory.

*2 Formula memories and deﬁ nable memories. See “Memory

Calculations”.

*3 Statistical data (entered data)

*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)

*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)

*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.

*7 See “Memory clear key”.

*8 The username you stored using the name display function will

be cleared as well.

Memory clear key

Press @ P to display the menu.

• To initialize the display settings,

press 0. The parameters are

set as follows:

• Angular unit: DEG

• Display notation: NORM1

• N-base: DEC

• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,

ANS, S TAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.

• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET

operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore

the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by

pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.

Mode Selection

→

NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)

Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.

STAT mode: b 1

Used to perform statistical operations.

DRILL mode: b 2

Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.

CPLX mode: b 3

Used to perform complex number calculations.

MATRIX mode: b 4

Used to perform matrix calculations.

LIST mode: b 5

Used to perform list calculations.

EQUATION mode: b 6

Used to solve equations.

SET UP Menu

Press @ J to display the

SET UP menu.

Press j to exit the SET UP menu.

Determination of the angular unit

The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)

can be speciﬁ ed.

DEG (°): @ J 0 0 (default)

RAD (rad): @ J 0 1

GRAD (g): @ J 0 2

Selecting the display notation and decimal places 1

Five display notation systems are used to display calculation

results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),

Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientiﬁ c notation (SCI), and

Engineering notation (ENG).

• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2

(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number

of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.

• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will

be displayed and the number of signiﬁ cant digits can be set to

any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.

Setting the ﬂ oating point number system in scientiﬁ c notation

Two settings are used to display a ﬂ oating-point number: NORM1

(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in

scientiﬁ c notation outside a preset range:

•

NORM1 (@ J 1 3)

: 0.000000001

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

•

NORM2 (@ J 1 4)

: 0.01

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

Selecting the editor

Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:

• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)

• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1

Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.

Adjusting the display contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.

Press j to exit.

Insert and overwrite entry methods

When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method

from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.

After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J

4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular

one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten

as you make entries.

Name display function

You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the

power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.

Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.

Entering and editing the username:

1. Press @ J 5. The

editing screen appears with a

ﬂ ashing cursor.

2. Use u and d to scroll

through the available characters. The following characters

can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):

Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),

hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),

and space ( ).

Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or

j to jump to the space.

3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.

To modify a character, use l or r to move the

cursor to the character, then select another character using

u or d.

Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of

the ﬁ rst line or the end of the second.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.

5. Press = to save.

Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the

characters.

ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION

The WriteView Editor

Entry and display

In the WriteView editor, you can

enter and display fractions or certain

functions as you would write them.

Notes:

• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.

•

If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the

display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire

equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.

Displaying calculation results

When possible, calculation results will be displayed using

fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will

cycle through the following display styles:

• Mixed fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 improper fractions

(with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Proper fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using

square roots) 󱚴 decimal numbers

Notes:

• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed

using r:

• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations

• Trigonometric calculations

• In trigonometric calculations,

when entering values such as

those in the table to the right,

results may be shown using r.

• Calculation results may extend

off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by

pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or

right portion is hidden).

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed

as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their

expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed

fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits

(including integers) is eight.

• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional

result that uses π is greater than three, the result is

converted to and displayed as a decimal number.

The Line Editor

Entry and display

In the Line editor, you can enter

and display equations line by line.

Notes:

• Up to three lines of text may be

viewed on the screen at one time.

• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it

may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see

the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the

editing screen.

• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in

decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.

Editing the Equation

Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to

the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the

beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the

cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to

the beginning or the end of the equation.

In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to

move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and

denominator, for example.

Back space and delete key

To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of

it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function

that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.

The MATH Menu

Other functions may be available on this calculator besides

those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed

using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents

for each mode.

Press N to display the MATH

menu. For example, in NORMAL

mode, you can call the functions

shown on the right.

Notes:

• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use

u or d to display any hidden menu items.

• N does not function when entering values or items in

STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver

functions or simulation calculations.

The CATALOG Menu

Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and

variables that are available for what you are doing in the

currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,

press N 0.

• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e

to select.

• Press l or r to scroll up or down.

• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the ﬁ rst or last item.

Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION

modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

Multi-line Playback Function 3

This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous

equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A

maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When

the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make

room, starting with the oldest.

Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further

pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning

to the previous equation, press d to view equations in

order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the

oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.

• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.

• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following

operations:

@ Z, mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,

angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2

0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@

P 1 0).

• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven

characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.

• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an

equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount

for the sake of display.

• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such

as “=”.

Priority Levels in Calculation

This calculator performs operations according to the following

priority:

① Fractions (1

4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering preﬁ xes

③ Functions preceded by their argument (x−1, x2, n!, etc.)

④ yx, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)

⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)

⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A 1

⎯

4, etc.) ⑧ nCr,

nPr, 󱚴cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,

M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy, and

other calculation ending instructions

• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have

precedence over any other calculations.

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS

• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.

• In each example, press j to clear the display ﬁ rst. Unless

otherwise speciﬁ ed, calculation examples are performed in

the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default

display settings (@ P 0).

Arithmetic Operations 4

• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m

may be omitted.

Constant Calculations 5

• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.

Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.

For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.

• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.

• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT

modes.

Functions 6

• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.

• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:

• : to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",

@ Y)

• : to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.

(W, @ k)

• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,

values are entered in the following way:

• logn (base, value)

• abs value

Integral/Differential Functions 7

Integral and differential calculations can be performed in

NORMAL mode.

Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed

based on the following equations, correct results may

not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing

special calculations that contain discontinuous points.

Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):

( )

b − a

⎯

≤

⎯

3h{f(a)

4{f(a

f(a

3h)

...

f(a

−

1)h)}

2{f(a

2h)

f(a

4h)

...

f(a

−

2)h)}

f(b)}

Differential calculation:

f´(x)

f(x

⎯

−

f(x

−

⎯

—

Performing integral calculations

1. Press F.

2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial

value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number

of subintervals (n).

You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the

number of subintervals is not speciﬁ ed, the default value of

n = 100 will be used.

3. Press =.

Notes:

• Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

bfunction[, subintervals]dx

Line editor:

(function, a, b[, subintervals])

• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and

subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During

calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel

calculation, press j.

Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are

large ﬂ uctuations in the

integral values during

minute shifting of the

integral range and for

periodic functions, etc.,

where positive and

negative integral values

exist depending on the

interval.

For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as

possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative

values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from

calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the

calculation time.

Performing differential calculations

1. Press @ G.

2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,

value of x, and minute interval (dx).

You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute

interval is not speciﬁ ed, it will automatically be set to 10−5

(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

d(function)

–

x = value of x[, minute interval]

Line editor:

d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])

∑ Function 8

The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression

from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.

Performing ∑ calculations

1. Press @ I.

2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,

function with variable x, and increment (n).

You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is

not speciﬁ ed, the default value of n = 1 will be used.

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

end value

Σ(function[, increment])

initial value

Line editor:

Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])

Random Function

The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be

selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further

random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.

Random numbers

A pseudo-random number, with three signiﬁ cant digits from 0 up

to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.

Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be

shown as a fraction or decimal using U.

Random dice

To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can

be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.

Random coin

To simulate a coin ﬂ ip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly

generated by pressing @ w 2 e.

Random integer

An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by

pressing @ w 3 e.

Angular Unit Conversions 9

Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in

sequence.

Memory Calculations 10

Mode ANS M, F1–F4 A–F, X, Y D1–D4

NORMAL ○○○○

STAT ○○○○

CPLX ○○×○

MATRIX ○○○○

LIST ○○○○

○: Available ×: Unavailable

Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)

Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.

Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.

To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.

Independent memory (M)

In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can

be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.

Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).

Last answer memory (ANS)

The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other

calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last

answer memory.

When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix

or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the

element covered by the cursor is stored.

Notes:

• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are

automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any

existing values.

• 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)

• Two

x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in

STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)

• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory

using up to 14 digits.

Formula memories (F1–F4)

You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing

a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace

any content that may already exist there.

Notes:

• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot

be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.

• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that

are currently being entered.

• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,

or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR

OPERATION MANUAL

MODEL

ENGLISH

Physical Constants and Metric Conversions 16

Calculations using physical constants

To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant

from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)

• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u

(l) or d (r).

Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the

ﬁ rst or last page.

• Enter the ﬁ rst digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the

page containing the number that begins with that digit.

• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed

automatically according to the display and decimal

placement settings.

• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists the physical constants. See the

calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols

and units.

Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based

on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on

the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the

International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST

(National Institute of Standards and Technology).

No. Constant No. Constant

Speed of light in vacuum

Newtonian constant of

gravitation

Standard acceleration of

gravity

Electron mass

Proton mass

Neutron mass

Muon mass

Atomic mass unit-kilogram

relationship

Elementary charge

Planck constant

Boltzmann constant

Magnetic constant

Electric constant

Classical electron radius

Fine-structure constant

Bohr radius

Rydberg constant

Magnetic ﬂ ux quantum

Bohr magneton

Electron magnetic moment

Nuclear magneton

Proton magnetic moment

Neutron magnetic moment

Muon magnetic moment

Compton wavelength

Proton Compton wavelength

Stefan-Boltzmann constant

Avogadro constant

Molar volume of ideal gas

(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)

Molar gas constant

Faraday constant

Von Klitzing constant

Electron charge to mass

quotient

Quantum of circulation

Proton gyromagnetic ratio

Josephson constant

Electron volt

Celsius Temperature

Astronomical unit

Parsec

Molar mass of carbon-12

Planck constant over 2 pi

Hartree energy

Conductance quantum

Inverse ﬁ ne-structure constant

Proton-electron mass ratio

Molar mass constant

Neutron Compton wavelength

First radiation constant

Second radiation constant

Characteristic impedance of

vacuum

Standard atmosphere

Metric conversions

Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and

select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.

• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as

the list of physical constants.

• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.

See the calculation example sheet for the metric

conversion reference table.

No. Remarks No. Remarks

01 in : inch 23 ﬂ oz(US) : ﬂ uid ounce (US)

02 cm : centimeter 24 mL : milliliter

03 ft : foot 25 ﬂ oz(UK) : ﬂ uid ounce (UK)

04 m : meter 26 mL : milliliter

05 yd : yard 27 calth : calorieth

06 m : meter 28 J : joule

07 mi : mile 29 cal15 : calorie (15°C)

08 km : kilometer 30 J : joule

09 n mi : nautical mile 31 calIT : calorieIT

10 m : meter 32 J : joule

11 acre : acre*133 hp : horsepower (UK)

12 m2 : square meter 34 W : watt

13 oz : ounce (avoirdupois) 35 ps :

horsepower (metric)

14 g : gram 36 W : watt

15 lb : pound (avoirdupois) 37 (kgf/cm2)

16 kg : kilogram 38 Pa : pascal

17 °F : degree Fahrenheit 39 atm : atmosphere

18 °C : degree Celsius 40 Pa : pascal

19 gal (US) : gallon (US) 41 (1 mmHg = 1 Torr)

20 L : liter 42 Pa : pascal

21 gal (UK) : gallon (UK) 43 (kgf·m)

22 L : liter 44 N·m : newton meter

*1 based on US survey foot

Deﬁ nable memories (D1–D4)

You can store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

(D1–D4).

• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a

deﬁ nable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed

by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,

such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to

the previous display.

• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding

memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function

that is called would be unusable in the current context.

• Any functions or operations that are stored in a deﬁ nable memory

will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.

• You cannot store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

Chain Calculations 11

The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent

calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple

instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.

Fraction Calculations 12

Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed

using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal

number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.

Notes:

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as

decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression

is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum

number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.

• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, ﬁ rst convert it by

pressing @ :.

Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal

Operations (N-base) 13

Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in

NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations

with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,

along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and

XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.

Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:

@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),

@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),

@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)

Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing

A, m

B, A

C, l

D, i

E, and H

In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional

parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having

a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or

hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,

when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation

includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the

binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers

are displayed as a complement.

Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations 14

You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and

from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,

the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations

can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for

sexagesimal is as follows:

Degree Minute Second

Coordinate Conversions 15

• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y

memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).

• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as

decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.

Rectangular coord. Polar coord.

Entry value

DEG multiples of 15

RAD multiples of 1

⎯

12 π

GRAD multiples of 50

⎯

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSE1307EHZZ)

INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing the SHARP Scientiﬁ c Calculator

Model EL-W506/W516/W546.

About the calculation examples (including some formulas

and tables), refer to the calculation example sheet. Refer to

the number on the right of each title in the manual for use.

After reading this manual, store it in a convenient location for

future reference.

Notes:

• Some of the models described in this manual may not be

available in some countries.

• This product uses a period as a decimal point.

Operational Notes

• Do not carry the calculator around in your back pocket, as it

may break when you sit down. The display is made of glass

and is particularly fragile.

• Keep the calculator away from extreme heat such as on a

car dashboard or near a heater, and avoid exposing it to

excessively humid or dusty environments.

• Since this product is not waterproof, do not use it or store

it where ﬂ uids, for example water, can splash onto it.

Raindrops, water spray, juice, coffee, steam, perspiration,

etc. will also cause malfunction.

• Clean with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents or a wet cloth.

• Do not drop it or apply excessive force.

• Never dispose of batteries in a ﬁ re.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• For the sake of your health, try not to use this product for

long periods of time. If you need to use the product for an

extended period, be sure to allow your eyes, hands, arms,

and body adequate rest periods (about 10–15 minutes

every hour).

If you experience any pain or fatigue while using this

product, discontinue use immediately. If the discomfort

continues, please consult a doctor.

• This product, including accessories, may change due to

upgrading without prior notice.

NOTICE

• SHARP strongly recommends that separate permanent

written records be kept of all important data. Data may be

lost or altered in virtually any electronic memory product

under certain circumstances. Therefore, SHARP assumes

no responsibility for data lost or otherwise rendered

unusable whether as a result of improper use, repairs,

defects, battery replacement, use after the speciﬁ ed

battery life has expired, or any other cause.

• SHARP will not be liable nor responsible for any incidental

or consequential economic or property damage caused

by misuse and/or malfunctions of this product and its

peripherals, unless such liability is acknowledged by law.

♦ Press the RESET switch (on the back), with the tip of a

ball-point pen or similar object, only in the following cases:

• When using for the ﬁ rst time

• After replacing the battery

• To clear all memory contents

• When an abnormal condition occurs and all keys are

inoperative

Do not use an object with a breakable or sharp tip. Note that

pressing the RESET switch erases all data stored in memory.

If service should be required on this calculator, use only a

SHARP servicing dealer, SHARP approved service facility, or

SHARP repair service where available.

Hard Case

Remove the hard case, holding it with your ﬁ ngers in the

positions shown below.

DISPLAY

Dot

matrix

display

Symbol

Mantissa Exponent

• During actual use, not all symbols are displayed at the same time.

• Only the symbols required for the usage currently being explained

are shown in the display and calculation examples in this manual.

: Indicates that some contents are hidden in the

directions shown.

2ndF: Appears when @ is pressed, indicating that the

functions shown in orange are enabled.

HYP: Indicates that H has been pressed and the

hyperbolic functions are enabled. If @ > is

pressed, the symbols 2ndF HYP appear, indicating that

inverse hyperbolic functions are enabled.

ALPHA: Indicates that ;, x or t has been pressed,

and entry (recall) of memory contents and recall of

statistics can be performed.

DEG/RAD/GRAD: Indicates angular units.

BUSY: Appears during the execution of a calculation.

W-VIEW: Indicates that the WriteView editor is selected.

M: Indicates that a numerical value is stored in the

independent memory (M).

Indicates the mode of expression for results in CPLX mode.

ENG/SCI/FIX/N2/N1: Indicates the notation used to display a

value and changes by SET UP menu. N1 is displayed

on-screen as “NORM1”, and N2 as “NORM2”.

BEFORE USING THE CALCULATOR

When using for the ﬁ rst time, press the RESET switch (on the

back), with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

Adjusting the Display Contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the

contrast. Press j to exit.

Power On and Off

Press j to turn the calculator on. The data that was on-

screen when the power was turned off will appear on the display.

Press @ o to turn the calculator off.

Key Notations Used in this Manual

In this manual, key operations are described as follows:

To specify ex: @ "

To specify ln: i

To specify E: ; E

• Functions that are printed in orange above the key require

@ to be pressed ﬁ rst before the key. When you specify the

memory, press ; ﬁ rst. Numbers for input values are not

shown as keys, but as ordinary numbers.

• Functions that are printed in gray adjacent to the keys are

effective in speciﬁ c modes.

• The multiplication operator “×” is differentiated from the letter

“X” in this manual as follows:

To specify the multiplication operator: k

To specify the letter “X”: ; X

The WriteView and Line Editors

This calculator has the following two editors in NORMAL mode:

WriteView and Line. You can select between them in the SET UP

menu.

The WriteView editor (default) The Line editor

Notes:

• The WriteView Editor is only available in NORMAL mode.

• In certain calculation examples, where you see the o

symbol, the key operations and calculation results are shown

as they would appear in the Line editor.

Clearing the Entry and Memories

Operation

Entry

(Display)

A–F,

M, X, Y

F1–F4,

D1–D4

ANS STAT

matA–D

L1–L4

○× ××××

@ Z

○× ×○○○

Mode selection (

)○× ×××*6○

@ P 0

*7○× ××××

@ P 1 0

7○○ ○○○○

@ P 2 0

*7,

*8○○ ○○○○

RESET switch*8○○ ○○○○

○: Clear ×: Retain

*1 Press j x and then choose a memory to clear one

variable memory.

*2 Formula memories and deﬁ nable memories. See “Memory

Calculations”.

*3 Statistical data (entered data)

*4 Matrix memories (matA, matB, matC, and matD)

*5 List memories (L1, L2, L3, and L4)

*6 Cleared when changing between sub-modes in STAT mode.

*7 See “Memory clear key”.

*8 The username you stored using the name display function will

be cleared as well.

Memory clear key

Press @ P to display the menu.

• To initialize the display settings,

press 0. The parameters are

set as follows:

• Angular unit: DEG

• Display notation: NORM1

• N-base: DEC

• To clear all variables and memories (A−F, M, X, Y, F1−F4, D1−D4,

ANS, S TAT, matA−D, and L1−L4) at once, press 1 0.

• To RESET the calculator, press 2 0. The RESET

operation will erase all data stored in memory and restore

the calculator’s default settings. You can do the same thing by

pressing the RESET switch on the back of the calculator.

Mode Selection

→

NORMAL mode: b 0 (default)

Used to perform arithmetic operations and function calculations.

STAT mode: b 1

Used to perform statistical operations.

DRILL mode: b 2

Used to practice math and multiplication table drills.

CPLX mode: b 3

Used to perform complex number calculations.

MATRIX mode: b 4

Used to perform matrix calculations.

LIST mode: b 5

Used to perform list calculations.

EQUATION mode: b 6

Used to solve equations.

SET UP Menu

Press @ J to display the

SET UP menu.

Press j to exit the SET UP menu.

Determination of the angular unit

The following three angular units (degrees, radians, and grads)

can be speciﬁ ed.

DEG (°): @ J 0 0 (default)

RAD (rad): @ J 0 1

GRAD (g): @ J 0 2

Selecting the display notation and decimal places 1

Five display notation systems are used to display calculation

results: Two settings of Floating point (NORM1 and NORM2),

Fixed decimal point (FIX), Scientiﬁ c notation (SCI), and

Engineering notation (ENG).

• When @ J 1 0 (FIX) or @ J 1 2

(ENG) is pressed, “TAB(0–9)?” will be displayed and the number

of decimal places (TAB) can be set to any value between 0 and 9.

• When @ J 1 1 (SCI) is pressed, “SIG(0–9)?” will

be displayed and the number of signiﬁ cant digits can be set to

any value between 0 and 9. Entering 0 will set a 10-digit display.

Setting the ﬂ oating point number system in scientiﬁ c notation

Two settings are used to display a ﬂ oating-point number: NORM1

(the default) and NORM2. A number is automatically displayed in

scientiﬁ c notation outside a preset range:

•

NORM1 (@ J 1 3)

: 0.000000001

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

•

NORM2 (@ J 1 4)

: 0.01

≤

| x |

≤

9,999,999,999

Selecting the editor

Two editors are available in NORMAL mode:

• The WriteView editor (W-VIEW): @ J 2 0 (default)

• The Line editor (LINE): @ J 2 1

Note: Any entries will be cleared when you change the editor.

Adjusting the display contrast

Press @ J 3, then + or & to adjust the contrast.

Press j to exit.

Insert and overwrite entry methods

When using the Line editor, you can change the entry method

from “INSERT” (the default) to “OVERWRITE”.

After you switch to the overwrite method (by pressing @ J

4 1), the triangular cursor will change to a rectangular

one, and the number or function underneath it will be overwritten

as you make entries.

Name display function

You can save a username in this calculator. When you turn the

power off, the saved username is displayed momentarily.

Up to 32 characters may be saved, split over two lines.

Entering and editing the username:

1. Press @ J 5. The

editing screen appears with a

ﬂ ashing cursor.

2. Use u and d to scroll

through the available characters. The following characters

can be entered (listed in the order that they appear):

Letters (A to Z, uppercase only), numbers (0 to 9), slash (/),

hyphen (-), colon (:), apostrophe (’), comma (,), period (.),

and space ( ).

Press @ u to jump to “A”, and press @ d or

j to jump to the space.

3. Pressing l or r moves the cursor to the left or right.

To modify a character, use l or r to move the

cursor to the character, then select another character using

u or d.

Press @ l or @ r to jump to the beginning of

the ﬁ rst line or the end of the second.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to continue entering characters.

5. Press = to save.

Note: Press @ Z in the editing screen to clear all the

characters.

ENTERING, DISPLAYING, AND EDITING THE EQUATION

The WriteView Editor

Entry and display

In the WriteView editor, you can

enter and display fractions or certain

functions as you would write them.

Notes:

• The WriteView editor can only be used in NORMAL mode.

•

If the equation grows too large, it may extend off the edge of the

display after you obtain the result. If you want to see the entire

equation, press l or r to return to the editing screen.

Displaying calculation results

When possible, calculation results will be displayed using

fractions, r, and π. When you press U, the display will

cycle through the following display styles:

• Mixed fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 improper fractions

(with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Proper fractions (with or without π) 󱚴 decimal numbers

• Irrational numbers (square roots, fractions made using

square roots) 󱚴 decimal numbers

Notes:

• In the following cases, calculation results may be displayed

using r:

• Arithmetic operations and memory calculations

• Trigonometric calculations

• In trigonometric calculations,

when entering values such as

those in the table to the right,

results may be shown using r.

• Calculation results may extend

off the edges of the screen. You can see those parts by

pressing l or r (depending on whether the left or

right portion is hidden).

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed

as decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their

expression is greater than nine. In the case of mixed

fractions, the maximum number of displayable digits

(including integers) is eight.

• If the number of digits in the denominator of a fractional

result that uses π is greater than three, the result is

converted to and displayed as a decimal number.

The Line Editor

Entry and display

In the Line editor, you can enter

and display equations line by line.

Notes:

• Up to three lines of text may be

viewed on the screen at one time.

• If the length of the equation exceeds three lines, parts of it

may be hidden from view after calculation. If you want to see

the rest of the equation, press l or r to return to the

editing screen.

• In the Line editor, calculation results are displayed in

decimal form or line fraction notation if possible.

Editing the Equation

Just after obtaining an answer, pressing l brings you to

the end of the equation and pressing r brings you to the

beginning. Press l, r, u, or d to move the

cursor. Press @ l or @ r to jump the cursor to

the beginning or the end of the equation.

In the WriteView editor, you can use u and d to

move the cursor up and down—between the numerator and

denominator, for example.

Back space and delete key

To delete a number or function, move the cursor to the right of

it, then press N. You can also delete a number or function

that the cursor is directly over by pressing @ y.

The MATH Menu

Other functions may be available on this calculator besides

those printed on the key pad. These functions are accessed

using the MATH menu. The MATH menu has different contents

for each mode.

Press N to display the MATH

menu. For example, in NORMAL

mode, you can call the functions

shown on the right.

Notes:

• When the or symbols are displayed, you can use

u or d to display any hidden menu items.

• N does not function when entering values or items in

STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes, or into solver

functions or simulation calculations.

The CATALOG Menu

Using the CATALOG menu, you can select functions and

variables that are available for what you are doing in the

currently selected mode. To display the CATALOG menu,

press N 0.

• Press u or d to move the cursor ( ) and press e

to select.

• Press l or r to scroll up or down.

• Press @ u or @ d to jump to the ﬁ rst or last item.

Note: You cannot bring up the CATALOG menu when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION

modes, or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

Multi-line Playback Function 3

This calculator is equipped with a function to recall previous

equations and answers in NORMAL or CPLX modes. A

maximum of 340 characters can be stored in memory. When

the memory is full, stored equations will be deleted to make

room, starting with the oldest.

Pressing u will display the previous equation. Further

pressing u will display preceding equations (after returning

to the previous equation, press d to view equations in

order). In addition, @ u can be used to jump to the

oldest equation, and @ d to jump to the newest one.

• To edit an equation after recalling it, press l or r.

• The multi-line memory will be cleared by the following

operations:

@ Z, mode change, RESET, N-base conversion,

angular unit conversion, editor change (@ J 2

0 or @ J 2 1), and memory clear (@

P 1 0).

• Equations that have one result require an additional eleven

characters’ worth of memory to store in order to hold the result.

• In addition to the amount of memory needed to store an

equation, the WriteView editor will require a certain amount

for the sake of display.

• Equations also include calculation ending instructions, such

as “=”.

Priority Levels in Calculation

This calculator performs operations according to the following

priority:

① Fractions (1

4, etc.) ② ∠, Engineering preﬁ xes

③ Functions preceded by their argument (x−1, x2, n!, etc.)

④ yx, xr ⑤ Implied multiplication of a memory value (2Y, etc.)

⑥ Functions followed by their argument (sin, cos, (−), etc.)

⑦ Implied multiplication of a function (2sin 30, A 1

⎯

4, etc.) ⑧ nCr,

nPr, 󱚴cv ⑨ ×, ÷ ⑩ +, − ⑪ AND ⑫ OR, XOR, XNOR ⑬ =,

M+, M−, ⇒M, ▶DEG, ▶RAD, ▶GRAD, DATA, 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy, and

other calculation ending instructions

• If parentheses are used, parenthesized calculations have

precedence over any other calculations.

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATIONS

• Press b 0 to select NORMAL mode.

• In each example, press j to clear the display ﬁ rst. Unless

otherwise speciﬁ ed, calculation examples are performed in

the WriteView editor (@ J 2 0) with the default

display settings (@ P 0).

Arithmetic Operations 4

• The closing parenthesis ) just before = or m

may be omitted.

Constant Calculations 5

• In constant calculations, the addend becomes a constant.

Subtraction and division are performed in the same manner.

For multiplication, the multiplicand becomes a constant.

• In constant calculations, constants will be displayed as K.

• Constant calculations can be perfomed in NORMAL or STAT

modes.

Functions 6

• Refer to the calculation examples for each function.

• In the Line editor, the following symbols are used:

• : to indicate an expression’s power. (m, @ ",

@ Y)

• : to separate integers, numerators, and denominators.

(W, @ k)

• When using @ O or @ W in the Line editor,

values are entered in the following way:

• logn (base, value)

• abs value

Integral/Differential Functions 7

Integral and differential calculations can be performed in

NORMAL mode.

Note: Since integral and differential calculations are performed

based on the following equations, correct results may

not be obtained, in certain rare cases, when performing

special calculations that contain discontinuous points.

Integral calculation (Simpson’s rule):

( )

b − a

⎯

≤

⎯

3h{f(a)

4{f(a

f(a

3h)

...

f(a

−

1)h)}

2{f(a

2h)

f(a

4h)

...

f(a

−

2)h)}

f(b)}

Differential calculation:

f´(x)

f(x

⎯

−

f(x

−

⎯

—

Performing integral calculations

1. Press F.

2. Specify the following parameters: range of integral (initial

value (a), end value (b)), function with variable x, and number

of subintervals (n).

You do not need to specify the number of subintervals. If the

number of subintervals is not speciﬁ ed, the default value of

n = 100 will be used.

3. Press =.

Notes:

• Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

bfunction[, subintervals]dx

Line editor:

(function, a, b[, subintervals])

• Integral calculations, depending on the integrands and

subintervals included, require longer calculation time. During

calculation, the BUSY symbol will be displayed. To cancel

calculation, press j.

Note that there will be greater integral errors when there are

large ﬂ uctuations in the

integral values during

minute shifting of the

integral range and for

periodic functions, etc.,

where positive and

negative integral values

exist depending on the

interval.

For the former case, divide integral intervals as small as

possible. For the latter case, separate the positive and negative

values. Following these tips will allow you to obtain results from

calculations with greater accuracy and will also shorten the

calculation time.

Performing differential calculations

1. Press @ G.

2. Specify the following parameters: function with variable x,

value of x, and minute interval (dx).

You do not need to specify the minute interval. If the minute

interval is not speciﬁ ed, it will automatically be set to 10−5

(while x = 0), or | x | × 10−5 (while x ≠ 0).

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

d(function)

–

x = value of x[, minute interval]

Line editor:

d/dx (function, value of x[, minute interval])

∑ Function 8

The ∑ function returns the cumulative sum of a given expression

from an initial value to an end value in NORMAL mode.

Performing ∑ calculations

1. Press @ I.

2. Specify the following parameters: initial value, end value,

function with variable x, and increment (n).

You do not need to specify the increment. If the increment is

not speciﬁ ed, the default value of n = 1 will be used.

3. Press =.

Note: Parameters are entered in the following way:

WriteView editor:

end value

Σ(function[, increment])

initial value

Line editor:

Σ(function, initial value, end value[, increment])

Random Function

The random function has four settings. (This function cannot be

selected while using the N-base function.) To generate further

random numbers in succession, press e. Press j to exit.

Random numbers

A pseudo-random number, with three signiﬁ cant digits from 0 up

to 0.999, can be generated by pressing @ w 0 e.

Note: In the WriteView editor, if the result is not 0 it can be

shown as a fraction or decimal using U.

Random dice

To simulate a die-rolling, a random integer between 1 and 6 can

be generated by pressing @ w 1 e.

Random coin

To simulate a coin ﬂ ip, 0 (heads) or 1 (tails) can be randomly

generated by pressing @ w 2 e.

Random integer

An integer between 0 and 99 can be generated randomly by

pressing @ w 3 e.

Angular Unit Conversions 9

Each time @ ] is pressed, the angular unit changes in

sequence.

Memory Calculations 10

Mode ANS M, F1–F4 A–F, X, Y D1–D4

NORMAL ○○○○

STAT ○○○○

CPLX ○○×○

MATRIX ○○○○

LIST ○○○○

○: Available ×: Unavailable

Temporary memories (A–F, X and Y)

Press x and a variable key to store a value in memory.

Press t and a variable key to recall the value from that memory.

To place a variable in an equation, press ; and a variable key.

Independent memory (M)

In addition to all the features of temporary memories, a value can

be added to or subtracted from an existing memory value.

Press j x M to clear the independent memory (M).

Last answer memory (ANS)

The calculation result obtained by pressing = or any other

calculation ending instruction is automatically stored in the last

answer memory.

When the calculation result is in matrix or list form, the full matrix

or list is not stored into ANS memory. Only the value of the

element covered by the cursor is stored.

Notes:

• Calculation results from the functions indicated below are

automatically stored in the X or Y memories replacing any

existing values.

• 󱚴rθ, 󱚴xy: X memory (r or x), Y memory (θ or y)

• Two

x´ values from a quadratic regression calculation in

STAT mode: X memory (1:), Y memory (2:)

• Use of t or ; will recall the value stored in memory

using up to 14 digits.

Formula memories (F1–F4)

You can store expressions in formula memories (F1–F4). Storing

a new expression in a memory space will automatically replace

any content that may already exist there.

Notes:

• Expressions that are stored from the WriteView editor cannot

be recalled from within the Line editor, and vice versa.

• You can only recall expressions stored from the Line editor

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

• Any recalled expressions will overwrite any expressions that

are currently being entered.

• You cannot store formulas in formula memories when entering

values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or EQUATION modes,

or into solver functions or simulation calculations.

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

SCIENTIFIC CALCULATOR

OPERATION MANUAL

MODEL

ENGLISH

Physical Constants and Metric Conversions 16

Calculations using physical constants

To recall a constant, press K, then select a physical constant

from the list. (Each item is labeled with a 2-digit number.)

• To scroll up or down the list of constants, press u

(l) or d (r).

Use @ u (l) or @ d (r) to jump to the

ﬁ rst or last page.

• Enter the ﬁ rst digit of the 2-digit item number to jump to the

page containing the number that begins with that digit.

• When you enter the second digit, the constant is displayed

automatically according to the display and decimal

placement settings.

• Physical constants can be recalled in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, CPLX, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists the physical constants. See the

calculation example sheet for physical constant symbols

and units.

Note: Physical constants and metric conversions are based

on the 2006 CODATA recommended values, or on

the 1995 Edition of the “Guide for the Use of the

International System of Units (SI)” released by NIST

(National Institute of Standards and Technology).

No. Constant No. Constant

Speed of light in vacuum

Newtonian constant of

gravitation

Standard acceleration of

gravity

Electron mass

Proton mass

Neutron mass

Muon mass

Atomic mass unit-kilogram

relationship

Elementary charge

Planck constant

Boltzmann constant

Magnetic constant

Electric constant

Classical electron radius

Fine-structure constant

Bohr radius

Rydberg constant

Magnetic ﬂ ux quantum

Bohr magneton

Electron magnetic moment

Nuclear magneton

Proton magnetic moment

Neutron magnetic moment

Muon magnetic moment

Compton wavelength

Proton Compton wavelength

Stefan-Boltzmann constant

Avogadro constant

Molar volume of ideal gas

(273.15 K, 101.325 kPa)

Molar gas constant

Faraday constant

Von Klitzing constant

Electron charge to mass

quotient

Quantum of circulation

Proton gyromagnetic ratio

Josephson constant

Electron volt

Celsius Temperature

Astronomical unit

Parsec

Molar mass of carbon-12

Planck constant over 2 pi

Hartree energy

Conductance quantum

Inverse ﬁ ne-structure constant

Proton-electron mass ratio

Molar mass constant

Neutron Compton wavelength

First radiation constant

Second radiation constant

Characteristic impedance of

vacuum

Standard atmosphere

Metric conversions

Enter a value to be converted, then press @ L, and

select a metric conversion by entering its 2-digit number.

• The metric conversion list is used in the same manner as

the list of physical constants.

• Unit conversions can be performed in NORMAL (excluding

N-base), STAT, MATRIX, LIST, and EQUATION modes.

• The following table lists units used in metric conversion.

See the calculation example sheet for the metric

conversion reference table.

No. Remarks No. Remarks

01 in : inch 23 ﬂ oz(US) : ﬂ uid ounce (US)

02 cm : centimeter 24 mL : milliliter

03 ft : foot 25 ﬂ oz(UK) : ﬂ uid ounce (UK)

04 m : meter 26 mL : milliliter

05 yd : yard 27 calth : calorieth

06 m : meter 28 J : joule

07 mi : mile 29 cal15 : calorie (15°C)

08 km : kilometer 30 J : joule

09 n mi : nautical mile 31 calIT : calorieIT

10 m : meter 32 J : joule

11 acre : acre*133 hp : horsepower (UK)

12 m2 : square meter 34 W : watt

13 oz : ounce (avoirdupois) 35 ps :

horsepower (metric)

14 g : gram 36 W : watt

15 lb : pound (avoirdupois) 37 (kgf/cm2)

16 kg : kilogram 38 Pa : pascal

17 °F : degree Fahrenheit 39 atm : atmosphere

18 °C : degree Celsius 40 Pa : pascal

19 gal (US) : gallon (US) 41 (1 mmHg = 1 Torr)

20 L : liter 42 Pa : pascal

21 gal (UK) : gallon (UK) 43 (kgf·m)

22 L : liter 44 N·m : newton meter

*1 based on US survey foot

Deﬁ nable memories (D1–D4)

You can store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

(D1–D4).

• To store a function or operation, press x, followed by a

deﬁ nable memory key (I, J, K, or L), followed

by the operation you want to store. Menu-related operations,

such as @ J, cannot be stored. Press j to return to

the previous display.

• To call a stored function or operation, press the corresponding

memory key. Calling a stored function will not work if the function

that is called would be unusable in the current context.

• Any functions or operations that are stored in a deﬁ nable memory

will be replaced when you save a new one into that memory.

• You cannot store functions or operations in deﬁ nable memories

when entering values or items in STAT, MATRIX, LIST, or

EQUATION modes, or into solver functions or simulation

calculations.

Chain Calculations 11

The previous calculation result can be used in the subsequent

calculation. However, it cannot be recalled after entering multiple

instructions or when the calculation result is in matrix/list format.

Fraction Calculations 12

Arithmetic operations and memory calculations can be performed

using fractions. In NORMAL mode, conversion between a decimal

number and a fraction can be performed by pressing U.

Notes:

• Improper/proper fractions will be converted to and displayed as

decimal numbers if the number of digits used in their expression

is greater than nine. In the case of mixed fractions, the maximum

number of displayable digits (including integers) is eight.

• To convert a sexagesimal value to a fraction, ﬁ rst convert it by

pressing @ :.

Binary, Pental, Octal, Decimal, and Hexadecimal

Operations (N-base) 13

Conversions can be performed between N-base numbers in

NORMAL mode. The four basic arithmetic operations, calculations

with parentheses, and memory calculations can also be performed,

along with the logical operations AND, OR, NOT, NEG, XOR, and

XNOR on binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal numbers.

Conversion to each system is performed with the following keys:

@ z (“BIN” appears), @ r (“PEN” appears),

@ g (“OCT” appears), @ h (“HEX” appears),

@ / (“BIN”, “PEN”, “OCT”, and “HEX” disappear)

Note: The hexadecimal numbers A–F are entered by pressing

A, m

B, A

C, l

D, i

E, and H

In the binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, fractional

parts cannot be entered. When a decimal number having

a fractional part is converted into a binary, pental, octal, or

hexadecimal number, the fractional part will be truncated. Likewise,

when the result of a binary, pental, octal, or hexadecimal calculation

includes a fractional part, the fractional part will be truncated. In the

binary, pental, octal, and hexadecimal systems, negative numbers

are displayed as a complement.

Time, Decimal, and Sexagesimal Calculations 14

You can convert between decimal and sexagesimal numbers, and

from sexagesimal numbers to seconds or minutes. In addition,

the four basic arithmetic operations and memory calculations

can be performed using the sexagesimal system. Notation for

sexagesimal is as follows:

Degree Minute Second

Coordinate Conversions 15

• Before performing a calculation, select the angular unit.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X and Y

memories (r or x in X memory, and θ or y in Y memory).

• The results of coordinate conversions will be displayed as

decimal numbers even in the WriteView editor.

Rectangular coord. Polar coord.

Entry value

DEG multiples of 15

RAD multiples of 1

⎯

12 π

GRAD multiples of 50

⎯

Calculations Using Engineering Preﬁ xes 17

Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding

N-base) using the following 9 types of preﬁ xes.

Preﬁ x Operation Unit

(kilo)

(Mega)

(Giga)

(Tera)

(milli)

(micro)

(nano)

(pico)

(femto)

N 3 0

N 3 1

N 3 2

N 3 3

N 3 4

N 3 5

N 3 6

N 3 7

N 3 8

103

106

109

1012

10–3

10–6

10–9

10–12

10–15

Modify Function 18

Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientiﬁ c

notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since

calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the

display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,

the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the

display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal

value is converted to match that of the display, so that the

displayed value can be used without change in subsequent

operations.

• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is

displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U

to convert it to decimal form ﬁ rst.

• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,

or LIST modes.

Simulation Calculation (ALGB) 19

If you have to ﬁ nd values consecutively using the same

expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or ﬁ nding the

variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,

all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the

equation.

Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y

• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL

mode.

• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be

used.

Performing calculations

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with at least one variable.

3. Press N 1.

4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,

then press e to conﬁ rm. The calculation result will be

displayed after you have entered a value for each variable

used in the equation.

• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to

perform calculations using the same equation.

• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories

will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do

not want to change any values, simply press e.

• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in

memory to be overwritten with new values.

Solver Function 20

The solver function ﬁ nds the value for x that reduces the

entered expression to zero.

• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an

approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or

start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there

being no convergence to the solution for the equation.

• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of

error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution

after changing the “Start” and dx values.

• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx

value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:

• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).

• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a

cubic equation).

• to improve arithmetic precision.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.

• Press j to exit the solver function.

Performing solver function

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with an x variable.

3. Press N 2.

4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.

5. Enter a

dx value (minute interval).

6. Press e.

STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS

Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.

There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,

then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:

0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics

1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression

2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression

3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression

4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression

5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression

6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression

7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression

Statistical Calculations and Variables 21

The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical

calculation (refer to the table below):

Single-variable statistical calculation

Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.

Linear regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).

Quadratic regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②, and coefﬁ cients a, b, c in the quadratic

regression formula (y = a + bx + cx2). (For quadratic regression

calculations, no correlation coefﬁ cient (r) can be obtained.) When

there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or

“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.

Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power

regression, inverse regression, and general exponential

regression calculations

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts

each formula into a linear regression formula before actual

calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefﬁ cients a

and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)

①

–Mean of samples (x data)

sx Sample standard deviation (x data)

σxPopulation standard deviation (x data)

nNumber of samples

ΣxSum of samples (x data)

Σx2Sum of squares of samples (x data)

②

–Mean of samples (y data)

sy Sample standard deviation (y data)

σyPopulation standard deviation (y data)

ΣySum of samples (y data)

Σy2Sum of squares of samples (y data)

ΣxySum of products of samples (x, y)

rCorrelation coefﬁ cient

aCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

bCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

cCoefﬁ cient of quadratic regression equation

• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT

mode.

• U does not function in STAT mode.

Data Entry and Correction 22

Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z).

Data entry

Single-variable data

Data _

Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same

data)

Two-variable data

Data x H data y _

Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples

of the same data x and y)

Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the single-

variable data, a data item without frequency assignment

is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with

frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the

two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency

assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of

items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three

data items.

Data correction

Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:

Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.

Correction after pressing _:

Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.

Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest ﬁ rst)

order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest ﬁ rst),

press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump

the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.

Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.

Data set number

Data x

Frequency

Data set number

Data x

Data y

Frequency

Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modiﬁ ed

by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press

_ or e.

• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item

of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press

@ #. The data set will be deleted.

• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously

entered data and input the values, then press _.

Statistical Calculation Formulas 23

Type Regression formula

Linear y = a + bx

Quadratic y = a + bx + cx2

Euler exponential y = a ⋅ ebx

Logarithmic y = a + b ⋅ ln x

Power y = a ⋅ xb

Inverse y = a + b 1

⎯

General exponential y = a ⋅ bx

An error will occur when:

• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation

result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.

• The denominator is zero.

• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.

• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.

Normal Probability Calculations 24

In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be

accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as

a normal distribution variable.

Notes:

• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when

t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used

when solving for an area.

• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.

• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:

t = x − x

—

σx

DRILL MODE

Math Drill: b 2 0

Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are

displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of

questions and operator type.

Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1

Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are

displayed serially or randomly.

To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.

Using Math Drill and × Table

1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for

× Tabl e.

2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of

questions (25, 50, or 100).

× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the

multiplication table (1 to 12).

3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for

questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).

× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”

or “Random”).

4. Press e to start.

When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),

questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except

by chance.

5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N

to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.

6. Press e.

• If the answer is correct, “ ” appears and the next question

is displayed.

• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question

is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct

answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.

This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the

answer and pressing e.

8. After you ﬁ nish, press e and the number and percentage

of correct answers are displayed.

9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.

Math Drill sample

Current question/

Total questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Number of questions

Operator type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

× Table sample

Total remaining questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Multiplicand

Order type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

Ranges of Math Drill Questions

The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.

+ Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”

] Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are

positive integers and 0.

> Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”

) Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are

positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to

144, and divisors of up to 12.

+]>) Mixed operators: Questions within all the above

ranges are displayed.

COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS 25

To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division

using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.

Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two

systems:

① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

② @ u: Polar coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

Complex Number Entry

① Rectangular coordinates

x-coordinate + y-coordinate O

or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate

② Polar coordinates

r Q θ

r: absolute value θ: argument

• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex

number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last

answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.

trans matrix name Returns the matrix with the columns

transposed to rows and the rows

transposed to columns.

mat→list

(N 7)

Creates lists with elements from the

left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,

matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

matA→list

(N 8)

Creates lists with elements from each

column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,

L3, L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

Notes:

• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot

perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not

available.

• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the

matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing

data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press

j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and

select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created

matrix in.

• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing

neither l nor r will bring you back to the original

expression.

LIST CALCULATIONS 27

You can store and calculate up to

four lists of up to sixteen elements

each in LIST mode.

Press b 5 to enter LIST

mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,

and store lists, as well as to call list-speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Lists

Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.

Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.

1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.

• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be

displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a

value using the number keys and pressing e.

List size

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

List entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent

notation within the list.

• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one

time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the

cursor through the list.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the list entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Modifying a stored list

1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N

3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list

you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of

elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary

and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the size of a list, ﬁ rst press j

N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the list entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Using Lists in Calculations

Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic

calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following list-speciﬁ c functions that are available in

the MATH menu.

sortA list name Sorts list in ascending order.

sortD list name Sorts list in descending order.

dim (list name, size)Returns a list with size changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, size)Enters the speciﬁ ed value for all items.

cumul list name Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.

df_list list name Returns a new list using the difference

between adjacent items in the list.

aug (list name, list name)Returns a list appending the speciﬁ ed lists.

min list name Returns the minimum value in the list.

max list name Returns the maximum value in the list.

mean list name Returns the mean value of items in the list.

med list name Returns the median value of items in the list.

sum list name Returns the sum of items in the list.

prod list name Returns the multiplication of items in the list.

stdDv list name Returns the standard deviation of the list.

vari list name Returns the variance of the list.

o_prod (list name, list name)Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).

i_prod (list name, list name)Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).

abs_list list name Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).

list→mat

(N 7)Creates matrices with left column data from

each list.

(

L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,

L4→matD)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

list→matA

(N 8)

Creates a matrix with column data from

each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

Notes:

• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list

calculations because the MATH menu is not available.

• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list

entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the

buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press j to exit

the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory

(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.

• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither

l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.

EQUATION SOLVERS 28

The results obtained by these functions may include a margin

of error.

Simultaneous Linear Equations

Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or

with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following

functions.

① 2-VLE: b 6 0

a1x + b1y = c1

a2x + b2y = c2

a1 b1

a2 b2

D =

② 3-VLE: b 6 1

a1x + b1y + c1z = d1

a2x + b2y + c2z = d2

a3x + b3y + c3z = d3

a1 b1 c1

a2 b2 c2

a3 b3 c3

D =

• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.

• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation

result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.

Solving simultaneous linear equations

1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.

2. Enter the value for each coefﬁ cient (a1, etc.).

• Coefﬁ cients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic

operations.

• To clear the entered coefﬁ cient, press j.

• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through

the coefﬁ cients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to

the ﬁ rst or last coefﬁ cient.

3. When all coefﬁ cients have been entered, press e to solve

the equation.

• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to

return to the coefﬁ cient entry display. To clear all the

coefﬁ cients, press @ Z.

Quadratic and Cubic Equations

Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)

equations may be solved using the following functions.

① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2

② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3

Solving quadratic and cubic equations

• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.

• Coefﬁ cients for these equations can be entered in the same

manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.

ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES

Errors

An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,

or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error

occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor

back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit

the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.

Error codes and error types

ERROR 01: Syntax error

• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.

Ex. 2 + & 5 =

ERROR 02: Calculation error

• The absolute value of an intermediate or ﬁ nal calculation

result equals or exceeds 10100.

• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate

calculation resulted in zero).

• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing

calculations.

ERROR 03: Nesting error

• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are

10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation

instructions).

* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.

ERROR 04: Data over error

• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.

ERROR 07: Deﬁ nition error

• Matrix/List deﬁ nition error or the attempted entering of an

invalid value.

ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error

• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.

ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error

• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.

ERROR 10: Undeﬁ ned error

• Undeﬁ ned matrix/list used in calculation.

Alert Messages 29

Cannot delete!

• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or

@ y in the WriteView editor.

Ex. @ * 5 r A l N

In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to

delete the parentheses.

Cannot call!

• The function or operation stored in deﬁ nable memory (D1 to

D4) cannot be called.

Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from

within NORMAL mode.

• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be

called.

Buffer full!

• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)

exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the

WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An

equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.

Replacement Procedure

1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.

2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)

3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it

to remove.

4. Remove the used battery by prying it

out with a ball-point pen or other similar

pointed device. (Fig. 2)

5. Install one new battery. Make sure the

“+” side is facing up.

6. Replace the cover and screws.

7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)

with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display

Contrast”.

• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the

display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,

reinstall it, and check the display once again.

Automatic Power Off Function

This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no

key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.

SPECIFICATIONS

Calculation features: Scientiﬁ c calculations, complex

number calculations, equation solvers,

statistical calculations, etc.

Drill features: Math Drill and Multiplication Table

Display: 96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal

display

Display of calculation results:

Mantissa: 10 digits

Exponent: 2 digits

Internal calculations: Mantissas of up to 14 digits

Pending operations: 64 calculations 10 numeric values

(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and

1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)

Power source: Built-in solar cells

1.5 V …— (DC): Backup battery

(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)

× 1)

Operating time:

(varies according to

use and other factors)

Approx. 3,000 hours when

continuously displaying 55555. at

25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery

only

Operating temperature:

0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)

External dimensions: 79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×

15.5 mm (H)

3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)

Weight: Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including

battery)

Accessories: Battery × 1 (installed), operation

manual, calculation examples, and

hard case

FOR MORE INFORMATION

ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS

Visit our Web site.

http://sharp-world.com/calculator/

• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates

with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar

coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real

number.

• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the

speciﬁ ed complex number.

MATRIX CALCULATIONS 26

You can store and calculate up to

four matrices containing up to four

rows and four columns each in

MATRIX mode.

Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,

recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrix-

speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Matrices

Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be

created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.

1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.

• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will

be displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four

columns) by entering the required dimensions using the

number keys and pressing e.

Matrix dimensions (row × column)

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

Matrix entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent

notation within the matrix.

• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be

displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r

to move the cursor through the matrix.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the matrix entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Modifying a stored matrix

1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press

N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that

holds the matrix you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values

of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever

necessary and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, ﬁ rst

press j N 2. You can then enter new values

for the matrix dimensions.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the matrix entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Using Matrices in Calculations

Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in

arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between

matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following matrix-speciﬁ c functions that are

available in the MATH menu.

dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions

changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, row, column) Fills each element with a speciﬁ ed

value.

cumul matrix name Returns the cumulative matrix.

aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the

ﬁ rst matrix as new columns. The ﬁ rst

and second matrices must have the

same number of rows.

identity value Returns the identity matrix with

speciﬁ ed value of rows and columns.

rnd_mat (row, column) Returns a random matrix with

speciﬁ ed values of rows and columns.

det matrix name Returns the determinant of a square

matrix.

Calculation Ranges 30

• Within the ranges speciﬁ ed, this calculator is accurate to

±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation

error increases in continuous calculations due to

accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same

for yx, xr, n!, ex, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where

continuous calculations are performed internally.)

Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and

become larger in the vicinity of inﬂ ection points and

singular points of functions.

• Calculation ranges

±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.

If the absolute value of an entry or a ﬁ nal or intermediate

result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is

considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.

Display of results using r

Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the

following conditions are met:

• When intermediate and ﬁ nal calculation results are displayed

in the following form:

±aP

⎯

± cP

⎯

• When each coefﬁ cient falls into the following ranges:

1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;

1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100

• When the number of terms in the intermediate and ﬁ nal

calculation results is one or two.

Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be

reduced to a common denominator.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Notes on Battery Replacement

Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or

explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:

• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.

• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the

calculator.

• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may

be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the

speciﬁ cations.

Notes on erasure of memory contents

When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.

Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it

is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in

case accidental erasure occurs.

When to Replace the Battery

If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display

when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the

display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.

Cautions

• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and

damage the calculator.

• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could

result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean

water and immediately consult a doctor.

• Should ﬂ uid from a leaking battery come in contact with your

skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.

• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage

to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe

place.

• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.

• Do not throw batteries into a ﬁ re as they may explode.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Calculations Using Engineering Preﬁ xes 17

Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding

N-base) using the following 9 types of preﬁ xes.

Preﬁ x Operation Unit

(kilo)

(Mega)

(Giga)

(Tera)

(milli)

(micro)

(nano)

(pico)

(femto)

N 3 0

N 3 1

N 3 2

N 3 3

N 3 4

N 3 5

N 3 6

N 3 7

N 3 8

103

106

109

1012

10–3

10–6

10–9

10–12

10–15

Modify Function 18

Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientiﬁ c

notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since

calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the

display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,

the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the

display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal

value is converted to match that of the display, so that the

displayed value can be used without change in subsequent

operations.

• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is

displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U

to convert it to decimal form ﬁ rst.

• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,

or LIST modes.

Simulation Calculation (ALGB) 19

If you have to ﬁ nd values consecutively using the same

expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or ﬁ nding the

variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,

all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the

equation.

Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y

• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL

mode.

• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be

used.

Performing calculations

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with at least one variable.

3. Press N 1.

4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,

then press e to conﬁ rm. The calculation result will be

displayed after you have entered a value for each variable

used in the equation.

• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to

perform calculations using the same equation.

• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories

will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do

not want to change any values, simply press e.

• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in

memory to be overwritten with new values.

Solver Function 20

The solver function ﬁ nds the value for x that reduces the

entered expression to zero.

• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an

approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or

start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there

being no convergence to the solution for the equation.

• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of

error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution

after changing the “Start” and dx values.

• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx

value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:

• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).

• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a

cubic equation).

• to improve arithmetic precision.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.

• Press j to exit the solver function.

Performing solver function

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with an x variable.

3. Press N 2.

4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.

5. Enter a

dx value (minute interval).

6. Press e.

STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS

Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.

There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,

then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:

0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics

1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression

2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression

3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression

4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression

5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression

6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression

7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression

Statistical Calculations and Variables 21

The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical

calculation (refer to the table below):

Single-variable statistical calculation

Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.

Linear regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).

Quadratic regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②, and coefﬁ cients a, b, c in the quadratic

regression formula (y = a + bx + cx2). (For quadratic regression

calculations, no correlation coefﬁ cient (r) can be obtained.) When

there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or

“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.

Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power

regression, inverse regression, and general exponential

regression calculations

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts

each formula into a linear regression formula before actual

calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefﬁ cients a

and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)

①

–Mean of samples (x data)

sx Sample standard deviation (x data)

σxPopulation standard deviation (x data)

nNumber of samples

ΣxSum of samples (x data)

Σx2Sum of squares of samples (x data)

②

–Mean of samples (y data)

sy Sample standard deviation (y data)

σyPopulation standard deviation (y data)

ΣySum of samples (y data)

Σy2Sum of squares of samples (y data)

ΣxySum of products of samples (x, y)

rCorrelation coefﬁ cient

aCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

bCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

cCoefﬁ cient of quadratic regression equation

• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT

mode.

• U does not function in STAT mode.

Data Entry and Correction 22

Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z).

Data entry

Single-variable data

Data _

Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same

data)

Two-variable data

Data x H data y _

Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples

of the same data x and y)

Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the single-

variable data, a data item without frequency assignment

is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with

frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the

two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency

assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of

items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three

data items.

Data correction

Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:

Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.

Correction after pressing _:

Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.

Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest ﬁ rst)

order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest ﬁ rst),

press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump

the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.

Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.

Data set number

Data x

Frequency

Data set number

Data x

Data y

Frequency

Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modiﬁ ed

by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press

_ or e.

• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item

of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press

@ #. The data set will be deleted.

• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously

entered data and input the values, then press _.

Statistical Calculation Formulas 23

Type Regression formula

Linear y = a + bx

Quadratic y = a + bx + cx2

Euler exponential y = a ⋅ ebx

Logarithmic y = a + b ⋅ ln x

Power y = a ⋅ xb

Inverse y = a + b 1

⎯

General exponential y = a ⋅ bx

An error will occur when:

• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation

result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.

• The denominator is zero.

• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.

• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.

Normal Probability Calculations 24

In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be

accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as

a normal distribution variable.

Notes:

• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when

t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used

when solving for an area.

• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.

• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:

t = x − x

—

σx

DRILL MODE

Math Drill: b 2 0

Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are

displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of

questions and operator type.

Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1

Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are

displayed serially or randomly.

To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.

Using Math Drill and × Table

1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for

× Tabl e.

2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of

questions (25, 50, or 100).

× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the

multiplication table (1 to 12).

3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for

questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).

× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”

or “Random”).

4. Press e to start.

When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),

questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except

by chance.

5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N

to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.

6. Press e.

• If the answer is correct, “ ” appears and the next question

is displayed.

• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question

is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct

answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.

This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the

answer and pressing e.

8. After you ﬁ nish, press e and the number and percentage

of correct answers are displayed.

9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.

Math Drill sample

Current question/

Total questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Number of questions

Operator type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

× Table sample

Total remaining questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Multiplicand

Order type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

Ranges of Math Drill Questions

The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.

+ Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”

] Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are

positive integers and 0.

> Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”

) Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are

positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to

144, and divisors of up to 12.

+]>) Mixed operators: Questions within all the above

ranges are displayed.

COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS 25

To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division

using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.

Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two

systems:

① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

② @ u: Polar coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

Complex Number Entry

① Rectangular coordinates

x-coordinate + y-coordinate O

or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate

② Polar coordinates

r Q θ

r: absolute value θ: argument

• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex

number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last

answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.

trans matrix name Returns the matrix with the columns

transposed to rows and the rows

transposed to columns.

mat→list

(N 7)

Creates lists with elements from the

left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,

matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

matA→list

(N 8)

Creates lists with elements from each

column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,

L3, L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

Notes:

• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot

perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not

available.

• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the

matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing

data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press

j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and

select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created

matrix in.

• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing

neither l nor r will bring you back to the original

expression.

LIST CALCULATIONS 27

You can store and calculate up to

four lists of up to sixteen elements

each in LIST mode.

Press b 5 to enter LIST

mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,

and store lists, as well as to call list-speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Lists

Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.

Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.

1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.

• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be

displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a

value using the number keys and pressing e.

List size

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

List entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent

notation within the list.

• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one

time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the

cursor through the list.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the list entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Modifying a stored list

1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N

3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list

you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of

elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary

and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the size of a list, ﬁ rst press j

N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the list entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Using Lists in Calculations

Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic

calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following list-speciﬁ c functions that are available in

the MATH menu.

sortA list name Sorts list in ascending order.

sortD list name Sorts list in descending order.

dim (list name, size)Returns a list with size changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, size)Enters the speciﬁ ed value for all items.

cumul list name Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.

df_list list name Returns a new list using the difference

between adjacent items in the list.

aug (list name, list name)Returns a list appending the speciﬁ ed lists.

min list name Returns the minimum value in the list.

max list name Returns the maximum value in the list.

mean list name Returns the mean value of items in the list.

med list name Returns the median value of items in the list.

sum list name Returns the sum of items in the list.

prod list name Returns the multiplication of items in the list.

stdDv list name Returns the standard deviation of the list.

vari list name Returns the variance of the list.

o_prod (list name, list name)Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).

i_prod (list name, list name)Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).

abs_list list name Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).

list→mat

(N 7)Creates matrices with left column data from

each list.

(

L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,

L4→matD)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

list→matA

(N 8)

Creates a matrix with column data from

each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

Notes:

• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list

calculations because the MATH menu is not available.

• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list

entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the

buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press j to exit

the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory

(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.

• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither

l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.

EQUATION SOLVERS 28

The results obtained by these functions may include a margin

of error.

Simultaneous Linear Equations

Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or

with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following

functions.

① 2-VLE: b 6 0

a1x + b1y = c1

a2x + b2y = c2

a1 b1

a2 b2

D =

② 3-VLE: b 6 1

a1x + b1y + c1z = d1

a2x + b2y + c2z = d2

a3x + b3y + c3z = d3

a1 b1 c1

a2 b2 c2

a3 b3 c3

D =

• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.

• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation

result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.

Solving simultaneous linear equations

1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.

2. Enter the value for each coefﬁ cient (a1, etc.).

• Coefﬁ cients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic

operations.

• To clear the entered coefﬁ cient, press j.

• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through

the coefﬁ cients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to

the ﬁ rst or last coefﬁ cient.

3. When all coefﬁ cients have been entered, press e to solve

the equation.

• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to

return to the coefﬁ cient entry display. To clear all the

coefﬁ cients, press @ Z.

Quadratic and Cubic Equations

Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)

equations may be solved using the following functions.

① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2

② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3

Solving quadratic and cubic equations

• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.

• Coefﬁ cients for these equations can be entered in the same

manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.

ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES

Errors

An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,

or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error

occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor

back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit

the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.

Error codes and error types

ERROR 01: Syntax error

• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.

Ex. 2 + & 5 =

ERROR 02: Calculation error

• The absolute value of an intermediate or ﬁ nal calculation

result equals or exceeds 10100.

• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate

calculation resulted in zero).

• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing

calculations.

ERROR 03: Nesting error

• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are

10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation

instructions).

* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.

ERROR 04: Data over error

• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.

ERROR 07: Deﬁ nition error

• Matrix/List deﬁ nition error or the attempted entering of an

invalid value.

ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error

• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.

ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error

• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.

ERROR 10: Undeﬁ ned error

• Undeﬁ ned matrix/list used in calculation.

Alert Messages 29

Cannot delete!

• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or

@ y in the WriteView editor.

Ex. @ * 5 r A l N

In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to

delete the parentheses.

Cannot call!

• The function or operation stored in deﬁ nable memory (D1 to

D4) cannot be called.

Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from

within NORMAL mode.

• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be

called.

Buffer full!

• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)

exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the

WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An

equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.

Replacement Procedure

1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.

2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)

3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it

to remove.

4. Remove the used battery by prying it

out with a ball-point pen or other similar

pointed device. (Fig. 2)

5. Install one new battery. Make sure the

“+” side is facing up.

6. Replace the cover and screws.

7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)

with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display

Contrast”.

• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the

display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,

reinstall it, and check the display once again.

Automatic Power Off Function

This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no

key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.

SPECIFICATIONS

Calculation features: Scientiﬁ c calculations, complex

number calculations, equation solvers,

statistical calculations, etc.

Drill features: Math Drill and Multiplication Table

Display: 96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal

display

Display of calculation results:

Mantissa: 10 digits

Exponent: 2 digits

Internal calculations: Mantissas of up to 14 digits

Pending operations: 64 calculations 10 numeric values

(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and

1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)

Power source: Built-in solar cells

1.5 V …— (DC): Backup battery

(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)

× 1)

Operating time:

(varies according to

use and other factors)

Approx. 3,000 hours when

continuously displaying 55555. at

25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery

only

Operating temperature:

0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)

External dimensions: 79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×

15.5 mm (H)

3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)

Weight: Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including

battery)

Accessories: Battery × 1 (installed), operation

manual, calculation examples, and

hard case

FOR MORE INFORMATION

ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS

Visit our Web site.

http://sharp-world.com/calculator/

• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates

with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar

coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real

number.

• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the

speciﬁ ed complex number.

MATRIX CALCULATIONS 26

You can store and calculate up to

four matrices containing up to four

rows and four columns each in

MATRIX mode.

Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,

recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrix-

speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Matrices

Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be

created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.

1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.

• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will

be displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four

columns) by entering the required dimensions using the

number keys and pressing e.

Matrix dimensions (row × column)

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

Matrix entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent

notation within the matrix.

• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be

displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r

to move the cursor through the matrix.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the matrix entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Modifying a stored matrix

1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press

N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that

holds the matrix you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values

of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever

necessary and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, ﬁ rst

press j N 2. You can then enter new values

for the matrix dimensions.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the matrix entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Using Matrices in Calculations

Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in

arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between

matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following matrix-speciﬁ c functions that are

available in the MATH menu.

dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions

changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, row, column) Fills each element with a speciﬁ ed

value.

cumul matrix name Returns the cumulative matrix.

aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the

ﬁ rst matrix as new columns. The ﬁ rst

and second matrices must have the

same number of rows.

identity value Returns the identity matrix with

speciﬁ ed value of rows and columns.

rnd_mat (row, column) Returns a random matrix with

speciﬁ ed values of rows and columns.

det matrix name Returns the determinant of a square

matrix.

Calculation Ranges 30

• Within the ranges speciﬁ ed, this calculator is accurate to

±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation

error increases in continuous calculations due to

accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same

for yx, xr, n!, ex, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where

continuous calculations are performed internally.)

Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and

become larger in the vicinity of inﬂ ection points and

singular points of functions.

• Calculation ranges

±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.

If the absolute value of an entry or a ﬁ nal or intermediate

result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is

considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.

Display of results using r

Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the

following conditions are met:

• When intermediate and ﬁ nal calculation results are displayed

in the following form:

±aP

⎯

± cP

⎯

• When each coefﬁ cient falls into the following ranges:

1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;

1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100

• When the number of terms in the intermediate and ﬁ nal

calculation results is one or two.

Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be

reduced to a common denominator.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Notes on Battery Replacement

Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or

explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:

• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.

• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the

calculator.

• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may

be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the

speciﬁ cations.

Notes on erasure of memory contents

When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.

Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it

is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in

case accidental erasure occurs.

When to Replace the Battery

If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display

when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the

display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.

Cautions

• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and

damage the calculator.

• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could

result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean

water and immediately consult a doctor.

• Should ﬂ uid from a leaking battery come in contact with your

skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.

• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage

to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe

place.

• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.

• Do not throw batteries into a ﬁ re as they may explode.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Calculations Using Engineering Preﬁ xes 17

Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding

N-base) using the following 9 types of preﬁ xes.

Preﬁ x Operation Unit

(kilo)

(Mega)

(Giga)

(Tera)

(milli)

(micro)

(nano)

(pico)

(femto)

N 3 0

N 3 1

N 3 2

N 3 3

N 3 4

N 3 5

N 3 6

N 3 7

N 3 8

103

106

109

1012

10–3

10–6

10–9

10–12

10–15

Modify Function 18

Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientiﬁ c

notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since

calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the

display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,

the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the

display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal

value is converted to match that of the display, so that the

displayed value can be used without change in subsequent

operations.

• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is

displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U

to convert it to decimal form ﬁ rst.

• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,

or LIST modes.

Simulation Calculation (ALGB) 19

If you have to ﬁ nd values consecutively using the same

expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or ﬁ nding the

variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,

all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the

equation.

Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y

• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL

mode.

• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be

used.

Performing calculations

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with at least one variable.

3. Press N 1.

4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,

then press e to conﬁ rm. The calculation result will be

displayed after you have entered a value for each variable

used in the equation.

• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to

perform calculations using the same equation.

• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories

will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do

not want to change any values, simply press e.

• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in

memory to be overwritten with new values.

Solver Function 20

The solver function ﬁ nds the value for x that reduces the

entered expression to zero.

• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an

approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or

start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there

being no convergence to the solution for the equation.

• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of

error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution

after changing the “Start” and dx values.

• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx

value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:

• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).

• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a

cubic equation).

• to improve arithmetic precision.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.

• Press j to exit the solver function.

Performing solver function

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with an x variable.

3. Press N 2.

4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.

5. Enter a

dx value (minute interval).

6. Press e.

STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS

Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.

There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,

then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:

0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics

1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression

2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression

3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression

4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression

5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression

6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression

7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression

Statistical Calculations and Variables 21

The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical

calculation (refer to the table below):

Single-variable statistical calculation

Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.

Linear regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).

Quadratic regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②, and coefﬁ cients a, b, c in the quadratic

regression formula (y = a + bx + cx2). (For quadratic regression

calculations, no correlation coefﬁ cient (r) can be obtained.) When

there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or

“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.

Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power

regression, inverse regression, and general exponential

regression calculations

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts

each formula into a linear regression formula before actual

calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefﬁ cients a

and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)

①

–Mean of samples (x data)

sx Sample standard deviation (x data)

σxPopulation standard deviation (x data)

nNumber of samples

ΣxSum of samples (x data)

Σx2Sum of squares of samples (x data)

②

–Mean of samples (y data)

sy Sample standard deviation (y data)

σyPopulation standard deviation (y data)

ΣySum of samples (y data)

Σy2Sum of squares of samples (y data)

ΣxySum of products of samples (x, y)

rCorrelation coefﬁ cient

aCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

bCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

cCoefﬁ cient of quadratic regression equation

• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT

mode.

• U does not function in STAT mode.

Data Entry and Correction 22

Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z).

Data entry

Single-variable data

Data _

Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same

data)

Two-variable data

Data x H data y _

Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples

of the same data x and y)

Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the single-

variable data, a data item without frequency assignment

is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with

frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the

two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency

assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of

items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three

data items.

Data correction

Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:

Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.

Correction after pressing _:

Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.

Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest ﬁ rst)

order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest ﬁ rst),

press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump

the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.

Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.

Data set number

Data x

Frequency

Data set number

Data x

Data y

Frequency

Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modiﬁ ed

by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press

_ or e.

• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item

of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press

@ #. The data set will be deleted.

• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously

entered data and input the values, then press _.

Statistical Calculation Formulas 23

Type Regression formula

Linear y = a + bx

Quadratic y = a + bx + cx2

Euler exponential y = a ⋅ ebx

Logarithmic y = a + b ⋅ ln x

Power y = a ⋅ xb

Inverse y = a + b 1

⎯

General exponential y = a ⋅ bx

An error will occur when:

• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation

result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.

• The denominator is zero.

• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.

• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.

Normal Probability Calculations 24

In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be

accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as

a normal distribution variable.

Notes:

• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when

t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used

when solving for an area.

• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.

• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:

t = x − x

—

σx

DRILL MODE

Math Drill: b 2 0

Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are

displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of

questions and operator type.

Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1

Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are

displayed serially or randomly.

To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.

Using Math Drill and × Table

1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for

× Tabl e.

2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of

questions (25, 50, or 100).

× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the

multiplication table (1 to 12).

3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for

questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).

× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”

or “Random”).

4. Press e to start.

When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),

questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except

by chance.

5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N

to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.

6. Press e.

• If the answer is correct, “ ” appears and the next question

is displayed.

• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question

is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct

answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.

This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the

answer and pressing e.

8. After you ﬁ nish, press e and the number and percentage

of correct answers are displayed.

9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.

Math Drill sample

Current question/

Total questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Number of questions

Operator type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

× Table sample

Total remaining questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Multiplicand

Order type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

Ranges of Math Drill Questions

The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.

+ Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”

] Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are

positive integers and 0.

> Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”

) Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are

positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to

144, and divisors of up to 12.

+]>) Mixed operators: Questions within all the above

ranges are displayed.

COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS 25

To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division

using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.

Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two

systems:

① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

② @ u: Polar coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

Complex Number Entry

① Rectangular coordinates

x-coordinate + y-coordinate O

or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate

② Polar coordinates

r Q θ

r: absolute value θ: argument

• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex

number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last

answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.

trans matrix name Returns the matrix with the columns

transposed to rows and the rows

transposed to columns.

mat→list

(N 7)

Creates lists with elements from the

left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,

matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

matA→list

(N 8)

Creates lists with elements from each

column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,

L3, L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

Notes:

• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot

perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not

available.

• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the

matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing

data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press

j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and

select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created

matrix in.

• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing

neither l nor r will bring you back to the original

expression.

LIST CALCULATIONS 27

You can store and calculate up to

four lists of up to sixteen elements

each in LIST mode.

Press b 5 to enter LIST

mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,

and store lists, as well as to call list-speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Lists

Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.

Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.

1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.

• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be

displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a

value using the number keys and pressing e.

List size

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

List entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent

notation within the list.

• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one

time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the

cursor through the list.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the list entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Modifying a stored list

1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N

3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list

you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of

elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary

and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the size of a list, ﬁ rst press j

N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the list entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Using Lists in Calculations

Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic

calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following list-speciﬁ c functions that are available in

the MATH menu.

sortA list name Sorts list in ascending order.

sortD list name Sorts list in descending order.

dim (list name, size)Returns a list with size changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, size)Enters the speciﬁ ed value for all items.

cumul list name Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.

df_list list name Returns a new list using the difference

between adjacent items in the list.

aug (list name, list name)Returns a list appending the speciﬁ ed lists.

min list name Returns the minimum value in the list.

max list name Returns the maximum value in the list.

mean list name Returns the mean value of items in the list.

med list name Returns the median value of items in the list.

sum list name Returns the sum of items in the list.

prod list name Returns the multiplication of items in the list.

stdDv list name Returns the standard deviation of the list.

vari list name Returns the variance of the list.

o_prod (list name, list name)Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).

i_prod (list name, list name)Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).

abs_list list name Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).

list→mat

(N 7)Creates matrices with left column data from

each list.

(

L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,

L4→matD)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

list→matA

(N 8)

Creates a matrix with column data from

each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

Notes:

• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list

calculations because the MATH menu is not available.

• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list

entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the

buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press j to exit

the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory

(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.

• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither

l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.

EQUATION SOLVERS 28

The results obtained by these functions may include a margin

of error.

Simultaneous Linear Equations

Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or

with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following

functions.

① 2-VLE: b 6 0

a1x + b1y = c1

a2x + b2y = c2

a1 b1

a2 b2

D =

② 3-VLE: b 6 1

a1x + b1y + c1z = d1

a2x + b2y + c2z = d2

a3x + b3y + c3z = d3

a1 b1 c1

a2 b2 c2

a3 b3 c3

D =

• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.

• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation

result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.

Solving simultaneous linear equations

1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.

2. Enter the value for each coefﬁ cient (a1, etc.).

• Coefﬁ cients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic

operations.

• To clear the entered coefﬁ cient, press j.

• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through

the coefﬁ cients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to

the ﬁ rst or last coefﬁ cient.

3. When all coefﬁ cients have been entered, press e to solve

the equation.

• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to

return to the coefﬁ cient entry display. To clear all the

coefﬁ cients, press @ Z.

Quadratic and Cubic Equations

Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)

equations may be solved using the following functions.

① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2

② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3

Solving quadratic and cubic equations

• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.

• Coefﬁ cients for these equations can be entered in the same

manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.

ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES

Errors

An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,

or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error

occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor

back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit

the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.

Error codes and error types

ERROR 01: Syntax error

• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.

Ex. 2 + & 5 =

ERROR 02: Calculation error

• The absolute value of an intermediate or ﬁ nal calculation

result equals or exceeds 10100.

• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate

calculation resulted in zero).

• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing

calculations.

ERROR 03: Nesting error

• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are

10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation

instructions).

* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.

ERROR 04: Data over error

• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.

ERROR 07: Deﬁ nition error

• Matrix/List deﬁ nition error or the attempted entering of an

invalid value.

ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error

• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.

ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error

• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.

ERROR 10: Undeﬁ ned error

• Undeﬁ ned matrix/list used in calculation.

Alert Messages 29

Cannot delete!

• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or

@ y in the WriteView editor.

Ex. @ * 5 r A l N

In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to

delete the parentheses.

Cannot call!

• The function or operation stored in deﬁ nable memory (D1 to

D4) cannot be called.

Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from

within NORMAL mode.

• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be

called.

Buffer full!

• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)

exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the

WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An

equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.

Replacement Procedure

1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.

2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)

3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it

to remove.

4. Remove the used battery by prying it

out with a ball-point pen or other similar

pointed device. (Fig. 2)

5. Install one new battery. Make sure the

“+” side is facing up.

6. Replace the cover and screws.

7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)

with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display

Contrast”.

• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the

display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,

reinstall it, and check the display once again.

Automatic Power Off Function

This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no

key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.

SPECIFICATIONS

Calculation features: Scientiﬁ c calculations, complex

number calculations, equation solvers,

statistical calculations, etc.

Drill features: Math Drill and Multiplication Table

Display: 96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal

display

Display of calculation results:

Mantissa: 10 digits

Exponent: 2 digits

Internal calculations: Mantissas of up to 14 digits

Pending operations: 64 calculations 10 numeric values

(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and

1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)

Power source: Built-in solar cells

1.5 V …— (DC): Backup battery

(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)

× 1)

Operating time:

(varies according to

use and other factors)

Approx. 3,000 hours when

continuously displaying 55555. at

25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery

only

Operating temperature:

0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)

External dimensions: 79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×

15.5 mm (H)

3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)

Weight: Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including

battery)

Accessories: Battery × 1 (installed), operation

manual, calculation examples, and

hard case

FOR MORE INFORMATION

ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS

Visit our Web site.

http://sharp-world.com/calculator/

• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates

with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar

coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real

number.

• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the

speciﬁ ed complex number.

MATRIX CALCULATIONS 26

You can store and calculate up to

four matrices containing up to four

rows and four columns each in

MATRIX mode.

Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,

recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrix-

speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Matrices

Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be

created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.

1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.

• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will

be displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four

columns) by entering the required dimensions using the

number keys and pressing e.

Matrix dimensions (row × column)

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

Matrix entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent

notation within the matrix.

• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be

displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r

to move the cursor through the matrix.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the matrix entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Modifying a stored matrix

1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press

N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that

holds the matrix you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values

of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever

necessary and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, ﬁ rst

press j N 2. You can then enter new values

for the matrix dimensions.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the matrix entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Using Matrices in Calculations

Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in

arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between

matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following matrix-speciﬁ c functions that are

available in the MATH menu.

dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions

changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, row, column) Fills each element with a speciﬁ ed

value.

cumul matrix name Returns the cumulative matrix.

aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the

ﬁ rst matrix as new columns. The ﬁ rst

and second matrices must have the

same number of rows.

identity value Returns the identity matrix with

speciﬁ ed value of rows and columns.

rnd_mat (row, column) Returns a random matrix with

speciﬁ ed values of rows and columns.

det matrix name Returns the determinant of a square

matrix.

Calculation Ranges 30

• Within the ranges speciﬁ ed, this calculator is accurate to

±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation

error increases in continuous calculations due to

accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same

for yx, xr, n!, ex, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where

continuous calculations are performed internally.)

Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and

become larger in the vicinity of inﬂ ection points and

singular points of functions.

• Calculation ranges

±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.

If the absolute value of an entry or a ﬁ nal or intermediate

result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is

considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.

Display of results using r

Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the

following conditions are met:

• When intermediate and ﬁ nal calculation results are displayed

in the following form:

±aP

⎯

± cP

⎯

• When each coefﬁ cient falls into the following ranges:

1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;

1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100

• When the number of terms in the intermediate and ﬁ nal

calculation results is one or two.

Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be

reduced to a common denominator.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Notes on Battery Replacement

Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or

explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:

• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.

• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the

calculator.

• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may

be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the

speciﬁ cations.

Notes on erasure of memory contents

When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.

Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it

is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in

case accidental erasure occurs.

When to Replace the Battery

If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display

when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the

display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.

Cautions

• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and

damage the calculator.

• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could

result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean

water and immediately consult a doctor.

• Should ﬂ uid from a leaking battery come in contact with your

skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.

• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage

to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe

place.

• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.

• Do not throw batteries into a ﬁ re as they may explode.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Calculations Using Engineering Preﬁ xes 17

Calculation can be executed in NORMAL mode (excluding

N-base) using the following 9 types of preﬁ xes.

Preﬁ x Operation Unit

(kilo)

(Mega)

(Giga)

(Tera)

(milli)

(micro)

(nano)

(pico)

(femto)

N 3 0

N 3 1

N 3 2

N 3 3

N 3 4

N 3 5

N 3 6

N 3 7

N 3 8

103

106

109

1012

10–3

10–6

10–9

10–12

10–15

Modify Function 18

Decimal calculation results are internally obtained in scientiﬁ c

notation, with up to 14 digits in the mantissa. However, since

calculation results are displayed in the form designated by the

display notation and the number of decimal places indicated,

the internal calculation result may differ from that shown in the

display. By using the modify function (@ n), the internal

value is converted to match that of the display, so that the

displayed value can be used without change in subsequent

operations.

• When using the WriteView editor, if the calculation result is

displayed using fractions or irrational numbers, press U

to convert it to decimal form ﬁ rst.

• The modify function can be used in NORMAL, STAT, MATRIX,

or LIST modes.

Simulation Calculation (ALGB) 19

If you have to ﬁ nd values consecutively using the same

expression, such as plotting a curve line for 2x2 + 1, or ﬁ nding the

variable values for 2x + 2y =14, once you enter the expression,

all you have to do is to specify the value for the variable in the

equation.

Usable variables: A–F, M, X and Y

• Simulation calculations can only be executed in NORMAL

mode.

• Calculation ending instructions other than = cannot be

used.

Performing calculations

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with at least one variable.

3. Press N 1.

4. The variable entry screen will appear. Enter a value,

then press e to conﬁ rm. The calculation result will be

displayed after you have entered a value for each variable

used in the equation.

• After completing the calculation, press N 1 to

perform calculations using the same equation.

• Variables and numerical values stored in the memories

will be displayed in the variable entry screen. If you do

not want to change any values, simply press e.

• Performing simulation calculation will cause values in

memory to be overwritten with new values.

Solver Function 20

The solver function ﬁ nds the value for x that reduces the

entered expression to zero.

• This function uses Newton’s method to obtain an

approximation. Depending on the function (e.g. periodic) or

start value, an error may occur (ERROR 02) due to there

being no convergence to the solution for the equation.

• The value obtained by this function may include a margin of

error. If it is larger than acceptable, recalculate the solution

after changing the “Start” and dx values.

• Change the “Start” value (e.g. to a negative value) or dx

value (e.g. to a smaller value) if:

• no solution can be found (ERROR 02).

• more than two solutions appear to be possible (e.g. a

cubic equation).

• to improve arithmetic precision.

• The calculation result is automatically stored in the X memory.

• Press j to exit the solver function.

Performing solver function

1. Press b 0.

2. Input an expression with an x variable.

3. Press N 2.

4. Enter a “Start” value and press e. The default value is “0”.

5. Enter a

dx value (minute interval).

6. Press e.

STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS

Statistical calculations can be performed in STAT mode.

There are eight sub-modes within STAT mode. Press b 1,

then press the number key that corresponds to your choice:

0 (S#a# 0 [SD]): Single-variable statistics

1 (S#a# 1 [LINE]): Linear regression

2 (S#a# 2 [QUAD]): Quadratic regression

3 (S#a# 3 [E_EXP]): Euler exponential regression

4 (S#a# 4 [LOG]): Logarithmic regression

5 (S#a# 5 [POWER]): Power regression

6 (S#a# 6 [INV]): Inverse regression

7 (S#a# 7 [G_EXP]): General exponential regression

Statistical Calculations and Variables 21

The following statistics can be obtained for each statistical

calculation (refer to the table below):

Single-variable statistical calculation

Statistics of ① and the value of the normal probability function.

Linear regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

(estimate y´) and the estimate of x for a given y (estimate x´).

Quadratic regression calculation

Statistics of ① and ②, and coefﬁ cients a, b, c in the quadratic

regression formula (y = a + bx + cx2). (For quadratic regression

calculations, no correlation coefﬁ cient (r) can be obtained.) When

there are two x´ values, each value will be displayed with “1:” or

“2:”, and stored separately in the X and Y memories.

Euler exponential regression, logarithmic regression, power

regression, inverse regression, and general exponential

regression calculations

Statistics of ① and ②. In addition, the estimate of y for a given x

and the estimate of x for a given y. (Since the calculator converts

each formula into a linear regression formula before actual

calculation takes place, it obtains all statistics, except coefﬁ cients a

and b, from converted data rather than entered data.)

①

–Mean of samples (x data)

sx Sample standard deviation (x data)

σxPopulation standard deviation (x data)

nNumber of samples

ΣxSum of samples (x data)

Σx2Sum of squares of samples (x data)

②

–Mean of samples (y data)

sy Sample standard deviation (y data)

σyPopulation standard deviation (y data)

ΣySum of samples (y data)

Σy2Sum of squares of samples (y data)

ΣxySum of products of samples (x, y)

rCorrelation coefﬁ cient

aCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

bCoefﬁ cient of regression equation

cCoefﬁ cient of quadratic regression equation

• Use ; and t to perform a variable calculation in STAT

mode.

• U does not function in STAT mode.

Data Entry and Correction 22

Before entering new data, clear the memory contents (@ Z).

Data entry

Single-variable data

Data _

Data H frequency _ (To enter multiples of the same

data)

Two-variable data

Data x H data y _

Data x H data y H frequency _ (To enter multiples

of the same data x and y)

Note: Up to 100 data items can be entered. With the single-

variable data, a data item without frequency assignment

is counted as one data item, while an item assigned with

frequency is stored as a set of two data items. With the

two-variable data, a set of data items without frequency

assignment is counted as two data items, while a set of

items assigned with frequency is stored as a set of three

data items.

Data correction

Correction before pressing _ immediately after a data entry:

Delete incorrect data with j, then enter the correct data.

Correction after pressing _:

Use u and d to display the previously entered data set.

Press d to display the data set in ascending (oldest ﬁ rst)

order. To reverse the display order to descending (latest ﬁ rst),

press the u key. Press @ u or @ d to jump

the cursor to the beginning or end of the data set.

Each data set is displayed with “X:”, “Y:”, or “F:”.

Data set number

Data x

Frequency

Data set number

Data x

Data y

Frequency

Display and move the cursor to the data item to be modiﬁ ed

by using u and d, enter the correct value, then press

_ or e.

• To delete a data set, display and move the cursor to an item

of the data set to delete by using u and d, then press

@ #. The data set will be deleted.

• To add a new data set, press j to exit the display of previously

entered data and input the values, then press _.

Statistical Calculation Formulas 23

Type Regression formula

Linear y = a + bx

Quadratic y = a + bx + cx2

Euler exponential y = a ⋅ ebx

Logarithmic y = a + b ⋅ ln x

Power y = a ⋅ xb

Inverse y = a + b 1

⎯

General exponential y = a ⋅ bx

An error will occur when:

• The absolute value of the intermediate result or calculation

result is equal to or greater than 1 × 10100.

• The denominator is zero.

• An attempt is made to take the square root of a negative number.

• No solution exists in the quadratic regression calculation.

Normal Probability Calculations 24

In STAT mode, the three probability density functions can be

accessed under the MATH menu, with a random number used as

a normal distribution variable.

Notes:

• P(t), Q(t), and R(t) will always take positive values, even when

t < 0, because these functions follow the same principle used

when solving for an area.

• Values for P(t), Q(t), and R(t) are given to six decimal places.

• The standardization conversion formula is as follows:

t = x − x

—

σx

DRILL MODE

Math Drill: b 2 0

Math operation questions with positive integers and 0 are

displayed randomly. It is possible to select the number of

questions and operator type.

Multiplication Table (× Table): b 2 1

Questions from each row of the multiplication table (1 to 12) are

displayed serially or randomly.

To exit DRILL mode, press b and select another mode.

Using Math Drill and × Table

1. Press b 2 0 for Math Drill or b 2 1 for

× Tabl e.

2. Math Drill: Use u and d to select the number of

questions (25, 50, or 100).

× Table: Use u and d to select a row in the

multiplication table (1 to 12).

3. Math Drill: Use l and r to select the operator type for

questions (+, −, ×, ÷, or +−×÷).

× Table: Use l and r to select the order type (“Serial”

or “Random”).

4. Press e to start.

When using Math Drill or × Table (random order only),

questions are randomly selected and will not repeat except

by chance.

5. Enter your answer. If you make a mistake, press j or N

to clear any entered numbers, and enter your answer again.

6. Press e.

• If the answer is correct, “ ” appears and the next question

is displayed.

• If the answer is wrong, “ ” appears and the same question

is displayed. This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

• If you press e without entering an answer, the correct

answer is displayed and then the next question is displayed.

This will be counted as an incorrect answer.

7. Continue answering the series of questions by entering the

answer and pressing e.

8. After you ﬁ nish, press e and the number and percentage

of correct answers are displayed.

9. Press e to return to the initial screen for your current drill.

Math Drill sample

Current question/

Total questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Number of questions

Operator type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

× Table sample

Total remaining questions

Question

⁝

See step 6 above.

⁝

Multiplicand

Order type

Percentage correct

Correct answers

Ranges of Math Drill Questions

The range of questions for each operator type is as follows.

+ Addition operator: “0 + 0” to “20 + 20”

] Subtraction operator: “0 − 0” to “20 − 20”; answers are

positive integers and 0.

> Multiplication operator: “1 × 0” or “0 × 1” to “12 × 12”

) Division operator: “0 ÷ 1” to “144 ÷ 12”; answers are

positive integers from 1 to 12 and 0, dividends of up to

144, and divisors of up to 12.

+]>) Mixed operators: Questions within all the above

ranges are displayed.

COMPLEX NUMBER CALCULATIONS 25

To carry out addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division

using complex numbers, press b 3 to select CPLX mode.

Results of complex number calculations are expressed using two

systems:

① @ E: Rectangular coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

② @ u: Polar coordinate system

(The

symbol appears.)

Complex Number Entry

① Rectangular coordinates

x-coordinate + y-coordinate O

or x-coordinate + O y-coordinate

② Polar coordinates

r Q θ

r: absolute value θ: argument

• On selecting another mode, the imaginary part of any complex

number stored in the independent memory (M) and the last

answer memory (ANS) will be cleared.

trans matrix name Returns the matrix with the columns

transposed to rows and the rows

transposed to columns.

mat→list

(N 7)

Creates lists with elements from the

left column of each matrix. (matA→L1,

matB→L2, matC→L3, matD→L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

matA→list

(N 8)

Creates lists with elements from each

column of the matrix. (matA→L1, L2,

L3, L4)

Mode changes from MATRIX mode to

LIST mode.

Notes:

• When the matrix entry screen is displayed, you cannot

perform matrix calculations because the MATH menu is not

available.

• If the calculation result is a matrix, it will be displayed in the

matrix entry screen (note that this replaces any existing

data in the buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press

j to exit the matrix entry screen. Press N 4 and

select a memory (matA–matD) to store the newly-created

matrix in.

• When the calculation results are in matrix form, pressing

neither l nor r will bring you back to the original

expression.

LIST CALCULATIONS 27

You can store and calculate up to

four lists of up to sixteen elements

each in LIST mode.

Press b 5 to enter LIST

mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in LIST mode to edit, recall,

and store lists, as well as to call list-speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Lists

Before performing list calculations, a list must be created.

Follow the steps below to enter and store lists.

1. Press b 5 to enter LIST mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the list entry screen.

• Any list data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated list data, will be

displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the list size (up to sixteen elements) by entering a

value using the number keys and pressing e.

List size

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

List entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the list by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each list element can display up to eight digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

eight digits in length, it will be displayed in exponent

notation within the list.

• A maximum of six elements can be displayed at one

time. Use u, d, l, and r to move the

cursor through the list.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the list entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Modifying a stored list

1. To load a stored list into the list entry screen, press N

3, then select the memory (L1–L4) that holds the list

you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the list entry screen, you can modify the values of

elements in the list. Assign new values wherever necessary

and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the size of a list, ﬁ rst press j

N 2. You can then enter new values for the list size.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the list entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (L1–L4) to store

the newly-created list in.

Using Lists in Calculations

Lists stored in memories (L1–L4) can be used in arithmetic

calculations and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following list-speciﬁ c functions that are available in

the MATH menu.

sortA list name Sorts list in ascending order.

sortD list name Sorts list in descending order.

dim (list name, size)Returns a list with size changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, size)Enters the speciﬁ ed value for all items.

cumul list name Sequentially cumulates each item in the list.

df_list list name Returns a new list using the difference

between adjacent items in the list.

aug (list name, list name)Returns a list appending the speciﬁ ed lists.

min list name Returns the minimum value in the list.

max list name Returns the maximum value in the list.

mean list name Returns the mean value of items in the list.

med list name Returns the median value of items in the list.

sum list name Returns the sum of items in the list.

prod list name Returns the multiplication of items in the list.

stdDv list name Returns the standard deviation of the list.

vari list name Returns the variance of the list.

o_prod (list name, list name)Returns the outer product of 2 lists (vectors).

i_prod (list name, list name)Returns the inner product of 2 lists (vectors).

abs_list list name Returns the absolute value of the list (vector).

list→mat

(N 7)Creates matrices with left column data from

each list.

(

L1→matA, L2→matB, L3→matC,

L4→matD)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

list→matA

(N 8)

Creates a matrix with column data from

each list. (L1, L2, L3, L4→matA)

Mode changes from LIST mode to MATRIX

mode.

Notes:

• When the list entry screen is displayed, you cannot perform list

calculations because the MATH menu is not available.

• If the calculation result is a list, it will be displayed in the list

entry screen (note that this replaces any existing data in the

buffer). To store the calculation result, ﬁ rst press j to exit

the list entry screen. Press N 4 and select a memory

(L1–L4) to store the newly-created list in.

• When the calculation results are in list form, pressing neither

l nor r will bring you back to the original expression.

EQUATION SOLVERS 28

The results obtained by these functions may include a margin

of error.

Simultaneous Linear Equations

Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns (2-VLE) or

with three unknowns (3-VLE) may be solved using the following

functions.

① 2-VLE: b 6 0

a1x + b1y = c1

a2x + b2y = c2

a1 b1

a2 b2

D =

② 3-VLE: b 6 1

a1x + b1y + c1z = d1

a2x + b2y + c2z = d2

a3x + b3y + c3z = d3

a1 b1 c1

a2 b2 c2

a3 b3 c3

D =

• If the determinant D = 0, an error occurs.

• If the absolute value of an intermediate result or calculation

result is 1 × 10100 or more, an error occurs.

Solving simultaneous linear equations

1. Press b 6 0 or b 6 1.

2. Enter the value for each coefﬁ cient (a1, etc.).

• Coefﬁ cients can be entered using ordinary arithmetic

operations.

• To clear the entered coefﬁ cient, press j.

• Press u or d to move the cursor up or down through

the coefﬁ cients. Press @ u or @ d to jump to

the ﬁ rst or last coefﬁ cient.

3. When all coefﬁ cients have been entered, press e to solve

the equation.

• While the solution is displayed, press e or j to

return to the coefﬁ cient entry display. To clear all the

coefﬁ cients, press @ Z.

Quadratic and Cubic Equations

Quadratic (ax2 + bx + c = 0) or cubic (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0)

equations may be solved using the following functions.

① Quadratic equation solver: b 6 2

② Cubic equation solver: b 6 3

Solving quadratic and cubic equations

• Press b 6 2 or b 6 3.

• Coefﬁ cients for these equations can be entered in the same

manner as those for simultaneous linear equations.

ERRORS AND CALCULATION RANGES

Errors

An error will occur if an operation exceeds the calculation ranges,

or if a mathematically illegal operation is attempted. When an error

occurs, pressing l or r automatically moves the cursor

back to the place in the equation where the error occurred. Edit

the equation or press j or @ Z to clear the equation.

Error codes and error types

ERROR 01: Syntax error

• An attempt was made to perform an invalid operation.

Ex. 2 + & 5 =

ERROR 02: Calculation error

• The absolute value of an intermediate or ﬁ nal calculation

result equals or exceeds 10100.

• An attempt was made to divide by zero (or an intermediate

calculation resulted in zero).

• The calculation ranges were exceeded while performing

calculations.

ERROR 03: Nesting error

• The available number of buffers was exceeded. (There are

10 buffers* for numeric values and 64 buffers for calculation

instructions).

* 5 buffers in CPLX mode, and 1 buffer for matrix/list data.

ERROR 04: Data over error

• Data items exceeded 100 in STAT mode.

ERROR 07: Deﬁ nition error

• Matrix/List deﬁ nition error or the attempted entering of an

invalid value.

ERROR 08: DIM unmatched error

• Matrix/List dimensions inconsistent while calculating.

ERROR 09: Invalid DIM error

• Size of matrix/list exceeds calculation range.

ERROR 10: Undeﬁ ned error

• Undeﬁ ned matrix/list used in calculation.

Alert Messages 29

Cannot delete!

• The selected item cannot be deleted by pressing N or

@ y in the WriteView editor.

Ex. @ * 5 r A l N

In this example, delete the exponent before attempting to

delete the parentheses.

Cannot call!

• The function or operation stored in deﬁ nable memory (D1 to

D4) cannot be called.

Ex. An attempt was made to recall a statistical variable from

within NORMAL mode.

• Expressions stored in formula memories (F1 to F4) cannot be

called.

Buffer full!

• The equation (including any calculation ending instructions)

exceeded its maximum input buffer (159 characters in the

WriteView editor or 161 characters in the Line editor). An

equation may not exceed its maximum input buffer.

Replacement Procedure

1. Turn the power off by pressing @ o.

2. Remove the two screws. (Fig. 1)

3. Slide the battery cover slightly and lift it

to remove.

4. Remove the used battery by prying it

out with a ball-point pen or other similar

pointed device. (Fig. 2)

5. Install one new battery. Make sure the

“+” side is facing up.

6. Replace the cover and screws.

7. Press the RESET switch (on the back)

with the tip of a ball-point pen or similar object.

8. Adjust the display contrast. See “Adjusting the Display

Contrast”.

• Make sure that the display appears as shown below. If the

display does not appear as shown, remove the battery,

reinstall it, and check the display once again.

Automatic Power Off Function

This calculator will turn itself off to save battery power if no

key is pressed for approximately 10 minutes.

SPECIFICATIONS

Calculation features: Scientiﬁ c calculations, complex

number calculations, equation solvers,

statistical calculations, etc.

Drill features: Math Drill and Multiplication Table

Display: 96 × 32 dot matrix liquid crystal

display

Display of calculation results:

Mantissa: 10 digits

Exponent: 2 digits

Internal calculations: Mantissas of up to 14 digits

Pending operations: 64 calculations 10 numeric values

(5 numeric values in CPLX mode, and

1 numeric value for Matrix/List data.)

Power source: Built-in solar cells

1.5 V …— (DC): Backup battery

(Alkaline battery (LR44 or equivalent)

× 1)

Operating time:

(varies according to

use and other factors)

Approx. 3,000 hours when

continuously displaying 55555. at

25°C (77°F), using the alkaline battery

only

Operating temperature:

0°C–40°C (32°F–104°F)

External dimensions: 79.6 mm (W) × 161.5 mm (D) ×

15.5 mm (H)

3-1/8” (W) × 6-11/32” (D) × 5/8” (H)

Weight: Approx. 102 g (0.23 lb) (including

battery)

Accessories: Battery × 1 (installed), operation

manual, calculation examples, and

hard case

FOR MORE INFORMATION

ABOUT SCIENTIFIC CALCULATORS

Visit our Web site.

http://sharp-world.com/calculator/

• A complex number expressed in rectangular coordinates

with the y-value equal to zero, or expressed in polar

coordinates with the angle equal to zero, is treated as a real

number.

• Press N 1 to return the complex conjugate of the

speciﬁ ed complex number.

MATRIX CALCULATIONS 26

You can store and calculate up to

four matrices containing up to four

rows and four columns each in

MATRIX mode.

Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

Note: You can use the MATH menu in MATRIX mode to edit,

recall, and store matrices, as well as to call matrix-

speciﬁ c functions.

Entering and Storing Matrices

Before performing matrix calculations, a matrix must be

created. Follow the steps below to enter and store matrices.

1. Press b 4 to enter MATRIX mode.

2. Press N 2 to bring up the matrix entry screen.

• Any matrix data remaining in the buffer, along with any

previously entered, loaded, or calculated matrix data, will

be displayed.

3. Deﬁ ne the matrix dimensions (up to four rows by four

columns) by entering the required dimensions using the

number keys and pressing e.

Matrix dimensions (row × column)

Element ﬁ elds

Entry ﬁ eld

Matrix entry screen (example)

4. Enter each element in the matrix by entering a value in the

entry ﬁ eld and pressing e.

• Each matrix element can display up to seven digits (the

decimal point counts as one digit). If an element exceeds

seven digits in length, it may be displayed in exponent

notation within the matrix.

• A maximum of three rows by three columns can be

displayed at one time. Use u, d, l, and r

to move the cursor through the matrix.

5. When you have entered a value for each element, press

j to exit the matrix entry screen.

6. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Modifying a stored matrix

1. To load a stored matrix into the matrix entry screen, press

N 3, then select the memory (matA–matD) that

holds the matrix you wish to modify.

• Loading new data into the screen will automatically

replace any data that may already exist there.

2. Using the matrix entry screen, you can modify the values

of elements in the matrix. Assign new values wherever

necessary and press e after each one.

• If you wish to modify the number of rows or columns, ﬁ rst

press j N 2. You can then enter new values

for the matrix dimensions.

3. When you have ﬁ nished making changes, press j to

exit the matrix entry screen.

4. Press N 4 and select a memory (matA–matD) to

store the newly-created matrix in.

Using Matrices in Calculations

Matrices stored in memories (matA–matD) can be used in

arithmetic calculations (with the exception of division between

matrices) and calculations that use x3, x2, and x−1. You can

also use the following matrix-speciﬁ c functions that are

available in the MATH menu.

dim (matrix name, row, column) Returns a matrix with dimensions

changed as speciﬁ ed.

ﬁ ll (value, row, column) Fills each element with a speciﬁ ed

value.

cumul matrix name Returns the cumulative matrix.

aug (matrix name, matrix name) Appends the second matrix to the

ﬁ rst matrix as new columns. The ﬁ rst

and second matrices must have the

same number of rows.

identity value Returns the identity matrix with

speciﬁ ed value of rows and columns.

rnd_mat (row, column) Returns a random matrix with

speciﬁ ed values of rows and columns.

det matrix name Returns the determinant of a square

matrix.

Calculation Ranges 30

• Within the ranges speciﬁ ed, this calculator is accurate to

±1 of the 10th digit of the mantissa. However, a calculation

error increases in continuous calculations due to

accumulation of each calculation error. (This is the same

for yx, xr, n!, ex, ln, Matrix/List calculations, etc., where

continuous calculations are performed internally.)

Additionally, a calculation error will accumulate and

become larger in the vicinity of inﬂ ection points and

singular points of functions.

• Calculation ranges

±10−99 to ±9.999999999 × 1099 and 0.

If the absolute value of an entry or a ﬁ nal or intermediate

result of a calculation is less than 10−99, the value is

considered to be 0 in calculations and in the display.

Display of results using r

Calculation results may be displayed using r when all of the

following conditions are met:

• When intermediate and ﬁ nal calculation results are displayed

in the following form:

±aP

⎯

± cP

⎯

• When each coefﬁ cient falls into the following ranges:

1 ≤ a < 100; 1 < b < 1,000; 0 ≤ c < 100;

1 ≤ d < 1,000; 1 ≤ e < 100; 1 ≤ f < 100

• When the number of terms in the intermediate and ﬁ nal

calculation results is one or two.

Note: The result of two fractional terms that include r will be

reduced to a common denominator.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Notes on Battery Replacement

Improper handling of batteries can cause electrolyte leakage or

explosion. Be sure to observe the following handling rules:

• Make sure the new battery is the correct type.

• When installing, orient the battery properly as indicated in the

calculator.

• The battery is factory-installed before shipment, and may

be exhausted before it reaches the service life stated in the

speciﬁ cations.

Notes on erasure of memory contents

When the battery is replaced, the memory contents are erased.

Erasure can also occur if the calculator is defective or when it

is repaired. Make a note of all important memory contents in

case accidental erasure occurs.

When to Replace the Battery

If the display has poor contrast or nothing appears on the display

when j is pressed in dim lighting, even after adjusting the

display contrast, it is time to replace the battery.

Cautions

• An exhausted battery left in the calculator may leak and

damage the calculator.

• Fluid from a leaking battery accidentally entering an eye could

result in serious injury. Should this occur, wash with clean

water and immediately consult a doctor.

• Should ﬂ uid from a leaking battery come in contact with your

skin or clothes, immediately wash with clean water.

• If the product is not to be used for some time, to avoid damage

to the unit from a leaking battery, remove it and store in a safe

place.

• Do not leave an exhausted battery inside the product.

• Keep batteries out of the reach of children.

• Explosion risk may be caused by incorrect handling.

• Do not throw batteries into a ﬁ re as they may explode.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

CALCULATION EXAMPLES

EXEMPLES DE CALCUL

ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE

EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

ESEMPI DI CALCOLO

REKENVOORBEELDEN

PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK

PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ

RÄKNEEXEMPEL

LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ

UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER

CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN

陹ꩥ꾽

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)

1 J

100000 ÷ 3 =

[NORM1] j 100000 z 3

= U U33'333.33333

󱚴 [FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 233'333.33

󱚴 [SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 23.3b04

󱚴 [ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 233.33b03

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 333'333.33333

3 ÷ 1000 =

[NORM1] j 3 z 1000 =

U0.003

󱚴 [NORM2] @ J 1 43.b

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 30.003

2 U

2 3

⎯ + ⎯ =

5 4

j 2 W 5 r

+ W 3 r 4

⎯

U 23

⎯

U1.15

U 3

⎯

3 ×

5 =@ * 3 r k

@ * 5 =H

U3.872983346

2 ÷ 3 + P

5 ÷ 5 =@ * 2 r z 3

+ @ * 5 r

z 5 =3Q

5+5Q

⎯

U0.918618116

8−2 − 34 × 52 =8 m S 2 r

& 3 m 4 r

k 5 A =

2024

⎯

U 129599

⎯

2'024.984375

o8 m S 2 &

3 m 4 k 5

A =

2'024.984375

2024

129599

(123)1

⎯

4 =( 12 m 3

r ) m

1 W 4 =6.447419591

o( 12 m 3 )

m 1 W 4 =6.447419591

83 =8 @ 1 =512.

49 − 4p

81 =@ * 49 r & 4

@ D 81 =4.

o@ * 49 & 4

@ D 81 =4.

27 =@ q 27 =3.

4! =4 @ B =24.

10P3 =10 @ e 3 =720.

5C2 =5 @ c 2 =10.

500 × 25% =500 k 25 @ a125.

120 ÷ 400 = ?% 120 z 400 @ a30.

500 + (500 × 25%) =500 + 25 @ a625.

400 − (400 × 30%) =400 & 30 @ a280.

| 5 − 9

| =@ W 5 & 9 =4.

o@ W ( 5 & 9

) =4.

θ = sin−1

x, θ = tan−1

xθ = cos−1

DEG −90 ≤ θ ≤ 90 0 ≤ θ ≤ 180

RAD −π

⎯

2 ≤ θ ≤ π

⎯

20 ≤ θ ≤ π

GRAD −100 ≤ θ ≤ 100 0 ≤ θ ≤ 200

7 F G

8(x2 − 5)dxj F 2 u 8 r

; X A & 5

n = 100 =138.

n = 10 l l H 10 =138.

oj F ; X A & 5

H 2 H 8 ) =138.

l l H 10 =138.

− −1

1(x2 − 1)dx

+ 1

3(x2 − 1)dx =

S F S 1 u 1 r

; X A & 1 r +

F 1 u 3 r ; X A

& 1 =8.

6 + 4 = ANS j 6 + 4 =10.

ANS + 5 =+ 5 =15.

8 × 2 = ANS 8 k 2 =16.

ANS2 =A =256.

44 + 37 = ANS 44 + 37 =81.

ANS =@ * =9.

12 W k

1 4

⎯ + ⎯ =

2 3 j 3 @ k 1 d 2

r + W 4 d 3 =

⎯

U29

⎯

U4.833333333

o3 W 1 W 2

+ 4 W 3 =*

4m5m6

U29m6

U4.833333333

10 2

⎯

3 =@ Y 2 W 3 =4.641588834

(

⎯

)

5 =7 W 5 r m 5 =16807

⎯

3125

o7 W 5 m 5 =16807m3125

⎯

3 =@ q 1 W 8 =1

⎯

225 =@ * 64 W 225 =8

⎯

34 =2 @ 1 W 3 m 4 =8

⎯

o2 @ 1 W ( 3 m 4

) =8m81

1.2

⎯

2.3 =1.2 W 2.3 =12

⎯

1°2’3”

⎯

2 =1 [ 2 [ 3 W 2 =0(31q1.5"

1 × 103

⎯

2 × 103 =1 ` 3 W 2 ` 3 =1

⎯

7 ⇒ A j 7 x A7.

⎯

A = 4 W ; A =4

⎯

1.25 + 2

⎯

5 =1.25 + 2 W 5 = 13

⎯

U33

⎯

U1.65

o1.25 + 2 W 5 =1.65

U1m13m20

U33m20

* 4m5m6 = 5

⎯

13 z r g h / d n 4

p x C

DEC (25) 󱚴 BIN j @ / 25

@ zBIN 11001

HEX (1AC) @ h 1AC

󱚴 BIN @ zBIN 110101100

󱚴 PEN @ rPEN 3203

󱚴 OCT @ gOCT 654

󱚴 DEC @ /428.

(1010 − 100)

× 11 =

[BIN]

@ z (

1010 &

100) k 11

=BIN 10010

BIN (111)

→

NEG d 111 =BIN 1111111001

HEX (1FF) +

OCT (512) =

@ h 1FF

@ g +

512 = OCT 1511

HEX (?) @ hHEX 349

2FEC

− 2C9E

⇒ M1

+) 2000 − 1901

⇒ M2

—

j x M

@ h 2FEC

& 2C9E mHEX 34E

2000 &1901

mHEX 6FF

t M

j x M HEX A4D

1011 AND 101 =

[BIN] @ z 1011

4 101 =BIN 1

5A OR C3 =

[HEX] @ h 5A p

C3 =HEX DB

NOT 10110 =

[BIN] @ z n

10110 =BIN 1111101001

24 XOR 4 =

[OCT] @ g 24 x

4 =OCT 20

B3 XNOR 2D =

[HEX] @ h B3 C

2D =HEX FFFFFFFF61

→ DEC @ /

159.

14 [ :

7°31’49.44” 󱚴 [10] j 7 [ 31 [

49.44 @ :

663

⎯

1250

123.678 󱚴 [60] 123.678 @ :123(40q40.8"

3h 30m 45s +

6h 45m 36s = [60]

3 [ 30 [ 45

+ 6 [ 45 [

36 =10(16q21."

1234°56’12” +

0°0’34.567” = [60]

1234 [ 56 [

12 + 0 [ 0

[ 34.567 =1234(56q47."

3h 45m – 1.69h

= [60]

3 [ 45 & 1.69 =

@ :2(3q36."

sin 62°12’24”

= [10] v 62 [ 12 [

24 =0.884635235

24° 󱚴 [”] 24 [ N 486q400.

1500” 󱚴 [’] 0 [ 0 [ 1500

N 525.

15 u E H

(

x = 6

y = 4 󱚴

(

r =

θ = [°] j 6 H 4

@ u

7.211102551

33.69006753

(

r = 14

θ = 36 [°] 󱚴

(

x =

y =

14 H 36

@ E

11.32623792

8.228993532

16 K L

V0 = 15.3 m/s

t = 10 s

V0t + 1

⎯

2gt2 = ? m

j 15.3 k 10 +

2 @ Z k K 03

k 10 A =

U643.3325

125 yd = ? m j 125@ L 05 =

U U114.3

•

Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.

•

Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont

indiquées sur les tableaux.

•

Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in

der Tabelle aufgelistet.

•

Las constants ﬁ sicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas

en las tables.

•

Constantes ﬁ sicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas

tablelas.

•

La constanti ﬁ siche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono

mostrate nella tabella.

•

De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de

tabellen hiernaast.

•

A ﬁ zikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban

találhatók.

•

Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny

v tabulce.

•

Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.

•

Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.

•

Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.

• •

•

Konstanta ﬁ sika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.

• 斲殯

儆垫穢

恂庲

旇朞

愕

埮氊

筞斶

愯憛汆

埪汒

祢歆

償枻城埪͟

01–52

01: c, c0(m

s–1)19: µB(J

T–1)37: eV(J)

02: G(m3

kg–1

s–2)20: µe(J

T–1)38: t(K)

03: gn(m

s–2)21: µN(J

T–1)39: AU (m)

04: me(kg) 22: µp(J

T–1)40: pc (m)

05: mp(kg) 23: µn(J

T–1)41: M(12C) (kg

mol–1)

06: mn(kg) 24: µµ(J

T–1)42: h

(J s)

07: mµ(kg) 25: λc(m) 43: Eh(J)

08: 1u(kg) 26: λc, p (m) 44: G0(s)

09: e(C) 27: σ(W

m–2

K–4)45: α–1

10: h(J

s) 28: NA, L(mol–1)46: mp/me

11: k(J

K–1)29: Vm(m3

mol–1)47: Mu(kg

mol–1)

12: µ0(N

A–2)30: R(J

mol–1

K–1)48: λc, n (m)

13: ε0(F

m–1)31: F(C

mol–1)49: c1(W

m2)

14: re(m) 32: RK(Ω)50: c2(m

15: α33: –e/me(C

kg–1)51: Z0(Ω)

16: a0(m) 34: h/2me(m2

s–1) 52: atm (Pa)

17: R∞(m–1)35: γp(s–1

T–1)

18: Φ0(Wb) 36: KJ(Hz

V–1)

01–44

01: in→cm 16: kg→lb 31: calIT→J

02: cm→in 17: °F→°C32: J→calIT

03: ft→m18: °C→°F 33: hp→W

04: m→ft 19: gal (US)→L 34: W→hp

05: yd→m 20: L→gal (US) 35: ps→W

06: m→yd 21: gal (UK)→L 36: W→ps

07: mi→km 22: L→gal (UK) 37: kgf/cm2→Pa

08: km→mi 23: ﬂ oz(US)→mL 38: Pa→kgf/cm2

09: n mi→m 24: mL→ﬂ oz(US) 39: atm→Pa

10: m→n mi 25: ﬂ oz(UK)→mL 40: Pa→atm

11: acre→m226: mL→ﬂ oz(UK) 41: mmHg→Pa

12: m2→acre 27: calth→J 42: Pa→mmHg

13: oz→g 28: J→calth 43: kgf·m→N·m

14: g→oz 29: cal15→J 44: N·m→kgf·m

15: lb→kg 30: J→cal15

17 N (ENG)

100 m × 10 k = ? 100 N 3 4 k

10 N 3 0 =1'000.

18 n J

󱚴 [FIX, TAB = 1] j @ J 1 0 10.0

5 ÷ 9 = ANS 5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *15.0

5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

󱚴 [MDF] @ n3

⎯

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *2 2

⎯

U U5.4

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 35.4

*1 5

⎯

9 × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9

*2 3

⎯

5 × 9 = 0.6 × 9

19 N (ALGB)

f(x) = x3 − 3x2 + 2 j ; X @ 1

- 3 ; X A + 2

x = −1N 1 S 1 e

x = −0.5 N 1 S 0.5 e 1

⎯

B2@ * ; A A

+ ; B A

A = 2, B = 3 N 1

2 e 3 eH

A = 2, B = 5 N 1

e 5 eH

20 N (SOLVER)

sin

x − 0.5 j v ; X - 0.5

Start = 0 N 2 0 e e30.

Start = 180 e 180 e e150.

21 _ H R v p c g o Q

G s i j h f a b S

V U

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

95 _DATA SET= 1.

80 _DATA SET= 2.

_DATA SET= 3.

75 H 3 _DATA SET= 4.

50 _DATA SET= 5.

– =t Rx

–=75.71428571

σx =t pσx=12.37179148

n =t cn=7.

Σx =t gΣx=530.

Σx2 =t oΣx2=41'200.

sx =t vsx=13.3630621

sx2 =A =sx2=178.5714286

(95 − x

–)

⎯

× 10 + 50 =

( 95 &

; R )

z ; v

k 10 + 50

=64.43210706

24 N (

→

t, P

(

, Q

(

, R

(

)

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 H 1 _DATA SET= 1.

30 H 3 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 5 _DATA SET= 3.

50 H 8 _DATA SET= 4.

60 H 13 _DATA SET= 5.

70 H 10 _DATA SET= 6.

80 H 7 _DATA SET= 7.

90 H 3 _DATA SET= 8.

– = t Rx

–=60.4

σx = t pσx=16.48757108

x = 35 󱚴 P(t)?N 2 35 N 1

) =0.061713

x = 75 󱚴 Q(t)?N 3 75 N 1

) =0.312061

x = 85 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 85 N 1

) =0.067845

t = 1.5 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 1.5 ) =0.066807

25 b (CPLX)

(12 − 6i) + (7 + 15i)

− (11 + 4i) =

b 3

12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O

- ( 11 + 4 O

) =8.

+5.K

6 × (7 − 9i)

× (−5 + 8i) =

6 k ( 7 - 9 O )

k ( S 5 + 8 O )

=222.

+606.K

16 × (sin 30° +

icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°

+ icos 60°) =

16 k ( v 30 + O

$ 30 ) z ( v 60

+ O $ 60 )

=13.85640646

+8.K

θ1

θ2

r1 = 8, θ1 = 70°

r2 = 12, θ2 = 25°

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q

25 =18.5408873

∠

42.76427608

1 + i

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ E 1 + O

=1.

+1.K

@ u1.414213562

∠

45.

(2 − 3i)2 =@ E ( 2 - 3 O )

A =

12.K

⎯

i = ( 1 + O ) @ Z

=0.5

0.5K

CONJ(5 + 2i) = N 1 ( 5 + 2 O )

=5.

2.K

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

sin 45 =v 45 = Q

⎯

U0.707106781

2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =@ J 0 1

2 @ ^ 0.5 =

⎯J

U2.094395102

3 u d

@ Z 0.

① 3(5 + 2) =3 ( 5 + 2 ) =21.

② 3 × 5 + 2 =3 k 5 + 2 = 17.

③ (5 + 3) × 2 =( 5 + 3) k 2 =16.

󱚴 ①@ u21.

󱚴 ②d17.

󱚴 ③d16.

󱚴 ②u17.

4 + & k z ( ) S `

45 + 285 ÷ 3 =j 45 + 285 z 3

=140.

(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =( 18 + 6 ) z

(

15 & 8 =

⎯

42 × −5 + 120 =42 k S 5 + 120

(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) =5 ` 3 z

4 ` S 3 =1'250'000.

34 + 57 =34 + 57 =91.

45 + 57 =45 =102.

68 × 25 =68 k 25 =1'700.

68 × 40 =40 = 2'720.

6 v $ t w ^ y s H >

i l O " V Y Z A 1

* m D q B e c a W

@ P 00.

sin 60 [°] =j v 60 =Q

⎯

U0.866025403

cos π

⎯

4 [rad] =@ J 0 1

$ @ s W 4 =

⎯

U0.707106781

tan−1

1 [g] =@ J 0 2

@ y 1 =50.

@ J 0 0

(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5)2 = j ( H $

1.5 + H v

1.5 ) A =20.08553692

tanh−1

⎯ =

@ > t (

5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734

ln 20 =i 20 =2.995732274

log 50 =l 50 = 1.698970004

log2 16384 =@ O 2 r 16384 =14.

o@ O 2 H 16384 )

=14.

e3 =@ " 3 =20.08553692

1 ÷ e =1 z ; V

=0.367879441

101.7 =@ Y 1.7 =50.11872336

1 1

⎯ + ⎯ =

6 7

6 @ Z + 7

@ Z =

⎯

U0.309523809

d(x4 − 0.5x3 + 6x2)

⎯

@ G ; X m 4 r

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A

(

x = 2

dx = 0.00002 r 2 =50.

(

x = 3

dx = 0.001

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

o@ G ; X m 4

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A H 2

) =50.

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

8 I

∑

1(x + 2) j @ I 1 r 5 r

; X + 2

n = 1 =25.

n = 2 l l H 2 =15.

oj @ I ; X + 2

H 1 H 5 ) =25.

l l H 2 =15.

9 ]

90° → [rad] j 90 @ ] 1

⎯ J

→ [g] @ ]100.

→ [°] @ ]90.

sin−1 0.8 = [°] @ w 0.8 =53.13010235

→ [rad] @ ]0.927295218

→ [g] @ ]59.03344706

→ [°] @ ]53.13010235

10 ; t x m M < [ ] T

X I

8 × 2 ⇒ M j 8 k 2 x M 16.

24 ÷ (8 × 2) =24 z ; M = 1

⎯

(8 × 2) × 5 =; M k 5 =80.

0 ⇒ M j x M0.

$150

× 3 ⇒ M1

+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2

−) M2 × 5%

–

150 k 3 m450.

250 m250.

t M k 5 @ a

@ M35.

t M665.

$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y) 110 x Y110.

¥26,510 = $? 26510 z ; Y

=241.

$2,750 = ¥? 2750 k ; Y

=302'500.

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y) 3 x Y3.

πr2 = ?

;

U28.27433388

⎯

4 + 6 = 2

⎯

…(A) 24 z ( 4 + 6

) =

⎯

3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =3 k ; < + 60

z ; < =

⎯

πr2 ⇒ F1

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)

V = ?

@ s ; Y A

x [jF1

3 x Y 3.

t [ k 4

z 3 = U 37.69911184

sinh−1 ⇒ D1 x I @ > v

sinh−1 0.5 =I 0.5 =0.481211825

DATA

b 1 1

@ Z

S#a# 1 [LINE]

2 H 5 _DATA SET= 1.

_DATA SET= 2.

12 H 24 _DATA SET= 3.

21 H 40 H 3

_DATA SET= 4.

15 H 25 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=1.050261097

b =t bb=1.826044386

r =t fr=0.995176343

sx =t vsx=8.541216597

sy =t Gsy=15.67223812

x = 3 󱚴 y´ = ? 3 @ U 3y´6.528394256

y = 46 󱚴 x´ = ? 46 @ V46 x´24.61590706

DATA

200

b 1 2

@ Z

S#a# 2 [QUAD]

12 H 41 _DATA SET= 1.

8 H 13 _DATA SET= 2.

5 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

23 H 200 _DATA SET= 4.

15 H 71 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=5.357506761

b =t bb=

3.120289663

c =t Sc=0.503334057

x = 10 󱚴 y´ = ? 10 @ U 10y´24.4880159

y = 22 󱚴 x´ = ? 22 @ V

22x´

9.63201409

3.432772026

22 _ H u d #

DATA

󱚶

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 _DATA SET= 1.

30 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

50 _DATA SET= 4.

d @ #DATA SET= 3.

d d d

_X: 45.

3 _F:

■

d 60 _X: 60.

– = Σx

⎯

nσx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

sx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn

Σx2 = x12 + x22 + … + xn2

– = Σy

⎯

nσy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

sy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σxy = x1y1 + x2y2 + … + xnyn

Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn

Σy2 = y12 + y22 + … + yn2

CALCULATION EXAMPLES

EXEMPLES DE CALCUL

ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE

EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

ESEMPI DI CALCOLO

REKENVOORBEELDEN

PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK

PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ

RÄKNEEXEMPEL

LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ

UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER

CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN

陹ꩥ꾽

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)

1 J

100000 ÷ 3 =

[NORM1] j 100000 z 3

= U U33'333.33333

󱚴 [FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 233'333.33

󱚴 [SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 23.3b04

󱚴 [ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 233.33b03

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 333'333.33333

3 ÷ 1000 =

[NORM1] j 3 z 1000 =

U0.003

󱚴 [NORM2] @ J 1 43.b

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 30.003

2 U

2 3

⎯ + ⎯ =

5 4

j 2 W 5 r

+ W 3 r 4

⎯

U 23

⎯

U1.15

U 3

⎯

3 ×

5 =@ * 3 r k

@ * 5 =H

U3.872983346

2 ÷ 3 + P

5 ÷ 5 =@ * 2 r z 3

+ @ * 5 r

z 5 =3Q

5+5Q

⎯

U0.918618116

8−2 − 34 × 52 =8 m S 2 r

& 3 m 4 r

k 5 A =

2024

⎯

U 129599

⎯

2'024.984375

o8 m S 2 &

3 m 4 k 5

A =

2'024.984375

2024

129599

(123)1

⎯

4 =( 12 m 3

r ) m

1 W 4 =6.447419591

o( 12 m 3 )

m 1 W 4 =6.447419591

83 =8 @ 1 =512.

49 − 4p

81 =@ * 49 r & 4

@ D 81 =4.

o@ * 49 & 4

@ D 81 =4.

27 =@ q 27 =3.

4! =4 @ B =24.

10P3 =10 @ e 3 =720.

5C2 =5 @ c 2 =10.

500 × 25% =500 k 25 @ a125.

120 ÷ 400 = ?% 120 z 400 @ a30.

500 + (500 × 25%) =500 + 25 @ a625.

400 − (400 × 30%) =400 & 30 @ a280.

| 5 − 9

| =@ W 5 & 9 =4.

o@ W ( 5 & 9

) =4.

θ = sin−1

x, θ = tan−1

xθ = cos−1

DEG −90 ≤ θ ≤ 90 0 ≤ θ ≤ 180

RAD −π

⎯

2 ≤ θ ≤ π

⎯

20 ≤ θ ≤ π

GRAD −100 ≤ θ ≤ 100 0 ≤ θ ≤ 200

7 F G

8(x2 − 5)dxj F 2 u 8 r

; X A & 5

n = 100 =138.

n = 10 l l H 10 =138.

oj F ; X A & 5

H 2 H 8 ) =138.

l l H 10 =138.

− −1

1(x2 − 1)dx

+ 1

3(x2 − 1)dx =

S F S 1 u 1 r

; X A & 1 r +

F 1 u 3 r ; X A

& 1 =8.

6 + 4 = ANS j 6 + 4 =10.

ANS + 5 =+ 5 =15.

8 × 2 = ANS 8 k 2 =16.

ANS2 =A =256.

44 + 37 = ANS 44 + 37 =81.

ANS =@ * =9.

12 W k

1 4

⎯ + ⎯ =

2 3 j 3 @ k 1 d 2

r + W 4 d 3 =

⎯

U29

⎯

U4.833333333

o3 W 1 W 2

+ 4 W 3 =*

4m5m6

U29m6

U4.833333333

10 2

⎯

3 =@ Y 2 W 3 =4.641588834

(

⎯

)

5 =7 W 5 r m 5 =16807

⎯

3125

o7 W 5 m 5 =16807m3125

⎯

3 =@ q 1 W 8 =1

⎯

225 =@ * 64 W 225 =8

⎯

34 =2 @ 1 W 3 m 4 =8

⎯

o2 @ 1 W ( 3 m 4

) =8m81

1.2

⎯

2.3 =1.2 W 2.3 =12

⎯

1°2’3”

⎯

2 =1 [ 2 [ 3 W 2 =0(31q1.5"

1 × 103

⎯

2 × 103 =1 ` 3 W 2 ` 3 =1

⎯

7 ⇒ A j 7 x A7.

⎯

A = 4 W ; A =4

⎯

1.25 + 2

⎯

5 =1.25 + 2 W 5 = 13

⎯

U33

⎯

U1.65

o1.25 + 2 W 5 =1.65

U1m13m20

U33m20

* 4m5m6 = 5

⎯

13 z r g h / d n 4

p x C

DEC (25) 󱚴 BIN j @ / 25

@ zBIN 11001

HEX (1AC) @ h 1AC

󱚴 BIN @ zBIN 110101100

󱚴 PEN @ rPEN 3203

󱚴 OCT @ gOCT 654

󱚴 DEC @ /428.

(1010 − 100)

× 11 =

[BIN]

@ z (

1010 &

100) k 11

=BIN 10010

BIN (111)

→

NEG d 111 =BIN 1111111001

HEX (1FF) +

OCT (512) =

@ h 1FF

@ g +

512 = OCT 1511

HEX (?) @ hHEX 349

2FEC

− 2C9E

⇒ M1

+) 2000 − 1901

⇒ M2

—

j x M

@ h 2FEC

& 2C9E mHEX 34E

2000 &1901

mHEX 6FF

t M

j x M HEX A4D

1011 AND 101 =

[BIN] @ z 1011

4 101 =BIN 1

5A OR C3 =

[HEX] @ h 5A p

C3 =HEX DB

NOT 10110 =

[BIN] @ z n

10110 =BIN 1111101001

24 XOR 4 =

[OCT] @ g 24 x

4 =OCT 20

B3 XNOR 2D =

[HEX] @ h B3 C

2D =HEX FFFFFFFF61

→ DEC @ /

159.

14 [ :

7°31’49.44” 󱚴 [10] j 7 [ 31 [

49.44 @ :

663

⎯

1250

123.678 󱚴 [60] 123.678 @ :123(40q40.8"

3h 30m 45s +

6h 45m 36s = [60]

3 [ 30 [ 45

+ 6 [ 45 [

36 =10(16q21."

1234°56’12” +

0°0’34.567” = [60]

1234 [ 56 [

12 + 0 [ 0

[ 34.567 =1234(56q47."

3h 45m – 1.69h

= [60]

3 [ 45 & 1.69 =

@ :2(3q36."

sin 62°12’24”

= [10] v 62 [ 12 [

24 =0.884635235

24° 󱚴 [”] 24 [ N 486q400.

1500” 󱚴 [’] 0 [ 0 [ 1500

N 525.

15 u E H

(

x = 6

y = 4 󱚴

(

r =

θ = [°] j 6 H 4

@ u

7.211102551

33.69006753

(

r = 14

θ = 36 [°] 󱚴

(

x =

y =

14 H 36

@ E

11.32623792

8.228993532

16 K L

V0 = 15.3 m/s

t = 10 s

V0t + 1

⎯

2gt2 = ? m

j 15.3 k 10 +

2 @ Z k K 03

k 10 A =

U643.3325

125 yd = ? m j 125@ L 05 =

U U114.3

•

Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.

•

Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont

indiquées sur les tableaux.

•

Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in

der Tabelle aufgelistet.

•

Las constants ﬁ sicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas

en las tables.

•

Constantes ﬁ sicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas

tablelas.

•

La constanti ﬁ siche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono

mostrate nella tabella.

•

De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de

tabellen hiernaast.

•

A ﬁ zikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban

találhatók.

•

Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny

v tabulce.

•

Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.

•

Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.

•

Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.

• •

•

Konstanta ﬁ sika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.

• 斲殯

儆垫穢

恂庲

旇朞

愕

埮氊

筞斶

愯憛汆

埪汒

祢歆

償枻城埪͟

01–52

01: c, c0(m

s–1)19: µB(J

T–1)37: eV(J)

02: G(m3

kg–1

s–2)20: µe(J

T–1)38: t(K)

03: gn(m

s–2)21: µN(J

T–1)39: AU (m)

04: me(kg) 22: µp(J

T–1)40: pc (m)

05: mp(kg) 23: µn(J

T–1)41: M(12C) (kg

mol–1)

06: mn(kg) 24: µµ(J

T–1)42: h

(J s)

07: mµ(kg) 25: λc(m) 43: Eh(J)

08: 1u(kg) 26: λc, p (m) 44: G0(s)

09: e(C) 27: σ(W

m–2

K–4)45: α–1

10: h(J

s) 28: NA, L(mol–1)46: mp/me

11: k(J

K–1)29: Vm(m3

mol–1)47: Mu(kg

mol–1)

12: µ0(N

A–2)30: R(J

mol–1

K–1)48: λc, n (m)

13: ε0(F

m–1)31: F(C

mol–1)49: c1(W

m2)

14: re(m) 32: RK(Ω)50: c2(m

15: α33: –e/me(C

kg–1)51: Z0(Ω)

16: a0(m) 34: h/2me(m2

s–1) 52: atm (Pa)

17: R∞(m–1)35: γp(s–1

T–1)

18: Φ0(Wb) 36: KJ(Hz

V–1)

01–44

01: in→cm 16: kg→lb 31: calIT→J

02: cm→in 17: °F→°C32: J→calIT

03: ft→m18: °C→°F 33: hp→W

04: m→ft 19: gal (US)→L 34: W→hp

05: yd→m 20: L→gal (US) 35: ps→W

06: m→yd 21: gal (UK)→L 36: W→ps

07: mi→km 22: L→gal (UK) 37: kgf/cm2→Pa

08: km→mi 23: ﬂ oz(US)→mL 38: Pa→kgf/cm2

09: n mi→m 24: mL→ﬂ oz(US) 39: atm→Pa

10: m→n mi 25: ﬂ oz(UK)→mL 40: Pa→atm

11: acre→m226: mL→ﬂ oz(UK) 41: mmHg→Pa

12: m2→acre 27: calth→J 42: Pa→mmHg

13: oz→g 28: J→calth 43: kgf·m→N·m

14: g→oz 29: cal15→J 44: N·m→kgf·m

15: lb→kg 30: J→cal15

17 N (ENG)

100 m × 10 k = ? 100 N 3 4 k

10 N 3 0 =1'000.

18 n J

󱚴 [FIX, TAB = 1] j @ J 1 0 10.0

5 ÷ 9 = ANS 5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *15.0

5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

󱚴 [MDF] @ n3

⎯

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *2 2

⎯

U U5.4

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 35.4

*1 5

⎯

9 × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9

*2 3

⎯

5 × 9 = 0.6 × 9

19 N (ALGB)

f(x) = x3 − 3x2 + 2 j ; X @ 1

- 3 ; X A + 2

x = −1N 1 S 1 e

x = −0.5 N 1 S 0.5 e 1

⎯

B2@ * ; A A

+ ; B A

A = 2, B = 3 N 1

2 e 3 eH

A = 2, B = 5 N 1

e 5 eH

20 N (SOLVER)

sin

x − 0.5 j v ; X - 0.5

Start = 0 N 2 0 e e30.

Start = 180 e 180 e e150.

21 _ H R v p c g o Q

G s i j h f a b S

V U

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

95 _DATA SET= 1.

80 _DATA SET= 2.

_DATA SET= 3.

75 H 3 _DATA SET= 4.

50 _DATA SET= 5.

– =t Rx

–=75.71428571

σx =t pσx=12.37179148

n =t cn=7.

Σx =t gΣx=530.

Σx2 =t oΣx2=41'200.

sx =t vsx=13.3630621

sx2 =A =sx2=178.5714286

(95 − x

–)

⎯

× 10 + 50 =

( 95 &

; R )

z ; v

k 10 + 50

=64.43210706

24 N (

→

t, P

(

, Q

(

, R

(

)

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 H 1 _DATA SET= 1.

30 H 3 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 5 _DATA SET= 3.

50 H 8 _DATA SET= 4.

60 H 13 _DATA SET= 5.

70 H 10 _DATA SET= 6.

80 H 7 _DATA SET= 7.

90 H 3 _DATA SET= 8.

– = t Rx

–=60.4

σx = t pσx=16.48757108

x = 35 󱚴 P(t)?N 2 35 N 1

) =0.061713

x = 75 󱚴 Q(t)?N 3 75 N 1

) =0.312061

x = 85 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 85 N 1

) =0.067845

t = 1.5 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 1.5 ) =0.066807

25 b (CPLX)

(12 − 6i) + (7 + 15i)

− (11 + 4i) =

b 3

12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O

- ( 11 + 4 O

) =8.

+5.K

6 × (7 − 9i)

× (−5 + 8i) =

6 k ( 7 - 9 O )

k ( S 5 + 8 O )

=222.

+606.K

16 × (sin 30° +

icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°

+ icos 60°) =

16 k ( v 30 + O

$ 30 ) z ( v 60

+ O $ 60 )

=13.85640646

+8.K

θ1

θ2

r1 = 8, θ1 = 70°

r2 = 12, θ2 = 25°

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q

25 =18.5408873

∠

42.76427608

1 + i

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ E 1 + O

=1.

+1.K

@ u1.414213562

∠

45.

(2 − 3i)2 =@ E ( 2 - 3 O )

A =

12.K

⎯

i = ( 1 + O ) @ Z

=0.5

0.5K

CONJ(5 + 2i) = N 1 ( 5 + 2 O )

=5.

2.K

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

sin 45 =v 45 = Q

⎯

U0.707106781

2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =@ J 0 1

2 @ ^ 0.5 =

⎯J

U2.094395102

3 u d

@ Z 0.

① 3(5 + 2) =3 ( 5 + 2 ) =21.

② 3 × 5 + 2 =3 k 5 + 2 = 17.

③ (5 + 3) × 2 =( 5 + 3) k 2 =16.

󱚴 ①@ u21.

󱚴 ②d17.

󱚴 ③d16.

󱚴 ②u17.

4 + & k z ( ) S `

45 + 285 ÷ 3 =j 45 + 285 z 3

=140.

(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =( 18 + 6 ) z

(

15 & 8 =

⎯

42 × −5 + 120 =42 k S 5 + 120

(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) =5 ` 3 z

4 ` S 3 =1'250'000.

34 + 57 =34 + 57 =91.

45 + 57 =45 =102.

68 × 25 =68 k 25 =1'700.

68 × 40 =40 = 2'720.

6 v $ t w ^ y s H >

i l O " V Y Z A 1

* m D q B e c a W

@ P 00.

sin 60 [°] =j v 60 =Q

⎯

U0.866025403

cos π

⎯

4 [rad] =@ J 0 1

$ @ s W 4 =

⎯

U0.707106781

tan−1

1 [g] =@ J 0 2

@ y 1 =50.

@ J 0 0

(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5)2 = j ( H $

1.5 + H v

1.5 ) A =20.08553692

tanh−1

⎯ =

@ > t (

5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734

ln 20 =i 20 =2.995732274

log 50 =l 50 = 1.698970004

log2 16384 =@ O 2 r 16384 =14.

o@ O 2 H 16384 )

=14.

e3 =@ " 3 =20.08553692

1 ÷ e =1 z ; V

=0.367879441

101.7 =@ Y 1.7 =50.11872336

1 1

⎯ + ⎯ =

6 7

6 @ Z + 7

@ Z =

⎯

U0.309523809

d(x4 − 0.5x3 + 6x2)

⎯

@ G ; X m 4 r

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A

(

x = 2

dx = 0.00002 r 2 =50.

(

x = 3

dx = 0.001

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

o@ G ; X m 4

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A H 2

) =50.

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

8 I

∑

1(x + 2) j @ I 1 r 5 r

; X + 2

n = 1 =25.

n = 2 l l H 2 =15.

oj @ I ; X + 2

H 1 H 5 ) =25.

l l H 2 =15.

9 ]

90° → [rad] j 90 @ ] 1

⎯ J

→ [g] @ ]100.

→ [°] @ ]90.

sin−1 0.8 = [°] @ w 0.8 =53.13010235

→ [rad] @ ]0.927295218

→ [g] @ ]59.03344706

→ [°] @ ]53.13010235

10 ; t x m M < [ ] T

X I

8 × 2 ⇒ M j 8 k 2 x M 16.

24 ÷ (8 × 2) =24 z ; M = 1

⎯

(8 × 2) × 5 =; M k 5 =80.

0 ⇒ M j x M0.

$150

× 3 ⇒ M1

+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2

−) M2 × 5%

–

150 k 3 m450.

250 m250.

t M k 5 @ a

@ M35.

t M665.

$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y) 110 x Y110.

¥26,510 = $? 26510 z ; Y

=241.

$2,750 = ¥? 2750 k ; Y

=302'500.

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y) 3 x Y3.

πr2 = ?

;

U28.27433388

⎯

4 + 6 = 2

⎯

…(A) 24 z ( 4 + 6

) =

⎯

3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =3 k ; < + 60

z ; < =

⎯

πr2 ⇒ F1

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)

V = ?

@ s ; Y A

x [jF1

3 x Y 3.

t [ k 4

z 3 = U 37.69911184

sinh−1 ⇒ D1 x I @ > v

sinh−1 0.5 =I 0.5 =0.481211825

DATA

b 1 1

@ Z

S#a# 1 [LINE]

2 H 5 _DATA SET= 1.

_DATA SET= 2.

12 H 24 _DATA SET= 3.

21 H 40 H 3

_DATA SET= 4.

15 H 25 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=1.050261097

b =t bb=1.826044386

r =t fr=0.995176343

sx =t vsx=8.541216597

sy =t Gsy=15.67223812

x = 3 󱚴 y´ = ? 3 @ U 3y´6.528394256

y = 46 󱚴 x´ = ? 46 @ V46 x´24.61590706

DATA

200

b 1 2

@ Z

S#a# 2 [QUAD]

12 H 41 _DATA SET= 1.

8 H 13 _DATA SET= 2.

5 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

23 H 200 _DATA SET= 4.

15 H 71 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=5.357506761

b =t bb=

3.120289663

c =t Sc=0.503334057

x = 10 󱚴 y´ = ? 10 @ U 10y´24.4880159

y = 22 󱚴 x´ = ? 22 @ V

22x´

9.63201409

3.432772026

22 _ H u d #

DATA

󱚶

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 _DATA SET= 1.

30 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

50 _DATA SET= 4.

d @ #DATA SET= 3.

d d d

_X: 45.

3 _F:

■

d 60 _X: 60.

– = Σx

⎯

nσx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

sx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn

Σx2 = x12 + x22 + … + xn2

– = Σy

⎯

nσy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

sy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σxy = x1y1 + x2y2 + … + xnyn

Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn

Σy2 = y12 + y22 + … + yn2

CALCULATION EXAMPLES

EXEMPLES DE CALCUL

ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE

EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

ESEMPI DI CALCOLO

REKENVOORBEELDEN

PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK

PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ

RÄKNEEXEMPEL

LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ

UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER

CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN

陹ꩥ꾽

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)

1 J

100000 ÷ 3 =

[NORM1] j 100000 z 3

= U U33'333.33333

󱚴 [FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 233'333.33

󱚴 [SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 23.3b04

󱚴 [ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 233.33b03

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 333'333.33333

3 ÷ 1000 =

[NORM1] j 3 z 1000 =

U0.003

󱚴 [NORM2] @ J 1 43.b

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 30.003

2 U

2 3

⎯ + ⎯ =

5 4

j 2 W 5 r

+ W 3 r 4

⎯

U 23

⎯

U1.15

U 3

⎯

3 ×

5 =@ * 3 r k

@ * 5 =H

U3.872983346

2 ÷ 3 + P

5 ÷ 5 =@ * 2 r z 3

+ @ * 5 r

z 5 =3Q

5+5Q

⎯

U0.918618116

8−2 − 34 × 52 =8 m S 2 r

& 3 m 4 r

k 5 A =

2024

⎯

U 129599

⎯

2'024.984375

o8 m S 2 &

3 m 4 k 5

A =

2'024.984375

2024

129599

(123)1

⎯

4 =( 12 m 3

r ) m

1 W 4 =6.447419591

o( 12 m 3 )

m 1 W 4 =6.447419591

83 =8 @ 1 =512.

49 − 4p

81 =@ * 49 r & 4

@ D 81 =4.

o@ * 49 & 4

@ D 81 =4.

27 =@ q 27 =3.

4! =4 @ B =24.

10P3 =10 @ e 3 =720.

5C2 =5 @ c 2 =10.

500 × 25% =500 k 25 @ a125.

120 ÷ 400 = ?% 120 z 400 @ a30.

500 + (500 × 25%) =500 + 25 @ a625.

400 − (400 × 30%) =400 & 30 @ a280.

| 5 − 9

| =@ W 5 & 9 =4.

o@ W ( 5 & 9

) =4.

θ = sin−1

x, θ = tan−1

xθ = cos−1

DEG −90 ≤ θ ≤ 90 0 ≤ θ ≤ 180

RAD −π

⎯

2 ≤ θ ≤ π

⎯

20 ≤ θ ≤ π

GRAD −100 ≤ θ ≤ 100 0 ≤ θ ≤ 200

7 F G

8(x2 − 5)dxj F 2 u 8 r

; X A & 5

n = 100 =138.

n = 10 l l H 10 =138.

oj F ; X A & 5

H 2 H 8 ) =138.

l l H 10 =138.

− −1

1(x2 − 1)dx

+ 1

3(x2 − 1)dx =

S F S 1 u 1 r

; X A & 1 r +

F 1 u 3 r ; X A

& 1 =8.

6 + 4 = ANS j 6 + 4 =10.

ANS + 5 =+ 5 =15.

8 × 2 = ANS 8 k 2 =16.

ANS2 =A =256.

44 + 37 = ANS 44 + 37 =81.

ANS =@ * =9.

12 W k

1 4

⎯ + ⎯ =

2 3 j 3 @ k 1 d 2

r + W 4 d 3 =

⎯

U29

⎯

U4.833333333

o3 W 1 W 2

+ 4 W 3 =*

4m5m6

U29m6

U4.833333333

10 2

⎯

3 =@ Y 2 W 3 =4.641588834

(

⎯

)

5 =7 W 5 r m 5 =16807

⎯

3125

o7 W 5 m 5 =16807m3125

⎯

3 =@ q 1 W 8 =1

⎯

225 =@ * 64 W 225 =8

⎯

34 =2 @ 1 W 3 m 4 =8

⎯

o2 @ 1 W ( 3 m 4

) =8m81

1.2

⎯

2.3 =1.2 W 2.3 =12

⎯

1°2’3”

⎯

2 =1 [ 2 [ 3 W 2 =0(31q1.5"

1 × 103

⎯

2 × 103 =1 ` 3 W 2 ` 3 =1

⎯

7 ⇒ A j 7 x A7.

⎯

A = 4 W ; A =4

⎯

1.25 + 2

⎯

5 =1.25 + 2 W 5 = 13

⎯

U33

⎯

U1.65

o1.25 + 2 W 5 =1.65

U1m13m20

U33m20

* 4m5m6 = 5

⎯

13 z r g h / d n 4

p x C

DEC (25) 󱚴 BIN j @ / 25

@ zBIN 11001

HEX (1AC) @ h 1AC

󱚴 BIN @ zBIN 110101100

󱚴 PEN @ rPEN 3203

󱚴 OCT @ gOCT 654

󱚴 DEC @ /428.

(1010 − 100)

× 11 =

[BIN]

@ z (

1010 &

100) k 11

=BIN 10010

BIN (111)

→

NEG d 111 =BIN 1111111001

HEX (1FF) +

OCT (512) =

@ h 1FF

@ g +

512 = OCT 1511

HEX (?) @ hHEX 349

2FEC

− 2C9E

⇒ M1

+) 2000 − 1901

⇒ M2

—

j x M

@ h 2FEC

& 2C9E mHEX 34E

2000 &1901

mHEX 6FF

t M

j x M HEX A4D

1011 AND 101 =

[BIN] @ z 1011

4 101 =BIN 1

5A OR C3 =

[HEX] @ h 5A p

C3 =HEX DB

NOT 10110 =

[BIN] @ z n

10110 =BIN 1111101001

24 XOR 4 =

[OCT] @ g 24 x

4 =OCT 20

B3 XNOR 2D =

[HEX] @ h B3 C

2D =HEX FFFFFFFF61

→ DEC @ /

159.

14 [ :

7°31’49.44” 󱚴 [10] j 7 [ 31 [

49.44 @ :

663

⎯

1250

123.678 󱚴 [60] 123.678 @ :123(40q40.8"

3h 30m 45s +

6h 45m 36s = [60]

3 [ 30 [ 45

+ 6 [ 45 [

36 =10(16q21."

1234°56’12” +

0°0’34.567” = [60]

1234 [ 56 [

12 + 0 [ 0

[ 34.567 =1234(56q47."

3h 45m – 1.69h

= [60]

3 [ 45 & 1.69 =

@ :2(3q36."

sin 62°12’24”

= [10] v 62 [ 12 [

24 =0.884635235

24° 󱚴 [”] 24 [ N 486q400.

1500” 󱚴 [’] 0 [ 0 [ 1500

N 525.

15 u E H

(

x = 6

y = 4 󱚴

(

r =

θ = [°] j 6 H 4

@ u

7.211102551

33.69006753

(

r = 14

θ = 36 [°] 󱚴

(

x =

y =

14 H 36

@ E

11.32623792

8.228993532

16 K L

V0 = 15.3 m/s

t = 10 s

V0t + 1

⎯

2gt2 = ? m

j 15.3 k 10 +

2 @ Z k K 03

k 10 A =

U643.3325

125 yd = ? m j 125@ L 05 =

U U114.3

•

Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.

•

Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont

indiquées sur les tableaux.

•

Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in

der Tabelle aufgelistet.

•

Las constants ﬁ sicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas

en las tables.

•

Constantes ﬁ sicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas

tablelas.

•

La constanti ﬁ siche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono

mostrate nella tabella.

•

De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de

tabellen hiernaast.

•

A ﬁ zikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban

találhatók.

•

Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny

v tabulce.

•

Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.

•

Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.

•

Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.

• •

•

Konstanta ﬁ sika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.

• 斲殯

儆垫穢

恂庲

旇朞

愕

埮氊

筞斶

愯憛汆

埪汒

祢歆

償枻城埪͟

01–52

01: c, c0(m

s–1)19: µB(J

T–1)37: eV(J)

02: G(m3

kg–1

s–2)20: µe(J

T–1)38: t(K)

03: gn(m

s–2)21: µN(J

T–1)39: AU (m)

04: me(kg) 22: µp(J

T–1)40: pc (m)

05: mp(kg) 23: µn(J

T–1)41: M(12C) (kg

mol–1)

06: mn(kg) 24: µµ(J

T–1)42: h

(J s)

07: mµ(kg) 25: λc(m) 43: Eh(J)

08: 1u(kg) 26: λc, p (m) 44: G0(s)

09: e(C) 27: σ(W

m–2

K–4)45: α–1

10: h(J

s) 28: NA, L(mol–1)46: mp/me

11: k(J

K–1)29: Vm(m3

mol–1)47: Mu(kg

mol–1)

12: µ0(N

A–2)30: R(J

mol–1

K–1)48: λc, n (m)

13: ε0(F

m–1)31: F(C

mol–1)49: c1(W

m2)

14: re(m) 32: RK(Ω)50: c2(m

15: α33: –e/me(C

kg–1)51: Z0(Ω)

16: a0(m) 34: h/2me(m2

s–1) 52: atm (Pa)

17: R∞(m–1)35: γp(s–1

T–1)

18: Φ0(Wb) 36: KJ(Hz

V–1)

01–44

01: in→cm 16: kg→lb 31: calIT→J

02: cm→in 17: °F→°C32: J→calIT

03: ft→m18: °C→°F 33: hp→W

04: m→ft 19: gal (US)→L 34: W→hp

05: yd→m 20: L→gal (US) 35: ps→W

06: m→yd 21: gal (UK)→L 36: W→ps

07: mi→km 22: L→gal (UK) 37: kgf/cm2→Pa

08: km→mi 23: ﬂ oz(US)→mL 38: Pa→kgf/cm2

09: n mi→m 24: mL→ﬂ oz(US) 39: atm→Pa

10: m→n mi 25: ﬂ oz(UK)→mL 40: Pa→atm

11: acre→m226: mL→ﬂ oz(UK) 41: mmHg→Pa

12: m2→acre 27: calth→J 42: Pa→mmHg

13: oz→g 28: J→calth 43: kgf·m→N·m

14: g→oz 29: cal15→J 44: N·m→kgf·m

15: lb→kg 30: J→cal15

17 N (ENG)

100 m × 10 k = ? 100 N 3 4 k

10 N 3 0 =1'000.

18 n J

󱚴 [FIX, TAB = 1] j @ J 1 0 10.0

5 ÷ 9 = ANS 5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *15.0

5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

󱚴 [MDF] @ n3

⎯

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *2 2

⎯

U U5.4

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 35.4

*1 5

⎯

9 × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9

*2 3

⎯

5 × 9 = 0.6 × 9

19 N (ALGB)

f(x) = x3 − 3x2 + 2 j ; X @ 1

- 3 ; X A + 2

x = −1N 1 S 1 e

x = −0.5 N 1 S 0.5 e 1

⎯

B2@ * ; A A

+ ; B A

A = 2, B = 3 N 1

2 e 3 eH

A = 2, B = 5 N 1

e 5 eH

20 N (SOLVER)

sin

x − 0.5 j v ; X - 0.5

Start = 0 N 2 0 e e30.

Start = 180 e 180 e e150.

21 _ H R v p c g o Q

G s i j h f a b S

V U

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

95 _DATA SET= 1.

80 _DATA SET= 2.

_DATA SET= 3.

75 H 3 _DATA SET= 4.

50 _DATA SET= 5.

– =t Rx

–=75.71428571

σx =t pσx=12.37179148

n =t cn=7.

Σx =t gΣx=530.

Σx2 =t oΣx2=41'200.

sx =t vsx=13.3630621

sx2 =A =sx2=178.5714286

(95 − x

–)

⎯

× 10 + 50 =

( 95 &

; R )

z ; v

k 10 + 50

=64.43210706

24 N (

→

t, P

(

, Q

(

, R

(

)

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 H 1 _DATA SET= 1.

30 H 3 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 5 _DATA SET= 3.

50 H 8 _DATA SET= 4.

60 H 13 _DATA SET= 5.

70 H 10 _DATA SET= 6.

80 H 7 _DATA SET= 7.

90 H 3 _DATA SET= 8.

– = t Rx

–=60.4

σx = t pσx=16.48757108

x = 35 󱚴 P(t)?N 2 35 N 1

) =0.061713

x = 75 󱚴 Q(t)?N 3 75 N 1

) =0.312061

x = 85 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 85 N 1

) =0.067845

t = 1.5 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 1.5 ) =0.066807

25 b (CPLX)

(12 − 6i) + (7 + 15i)

− (11 + 4i) =

b 3

12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O

- ( 11 + 4 O

) =8.

+5.K

6 × (7 − 9i)

× (−5 + 8i) =

6 k ( 7 - 9 O )

k ( S 5 + 8 O )

=222.

+606.K

16 × (sin 30° +

icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°

+ icos 60°) =

16 k ( v 30 + O

$ 30 ) z ( v 60

+ O $ 60 )

=13.85640646

+8.K

θ1

θ2

r1 = 8, θ1 = 70°

r2 = 12, θ2 = 25°

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q

25 =18.5408873

∠

42.76427608

1 + i

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ E 1 + O

=1.

+1.K

@ u1.414213562

∠

45.

(2 − 3i)2 =@ E ( 2 - 3 O )

A =

12.K

⎯

i = ( 1 + O ) @ Z

=0.5

0.5K

CONJ(5 + 2i) = N 1 ( 5 + 2 O )

=5.

2.K

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

sin 45 =v 45 = Q

⎯

U0.707106781

2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =@ J 0 1

2 @ ^ 0.5 =

⎯J

U2.094395102

3 u d

@ Z 0.

① 3(5 + 2) =3 ( 5 + 2 ) =21.

② 3 × 5 + 2 =3 k 5 + 2 = 17.

③ (5 + 3) × 2 =( 5 + 3) k 2 =16.

󱚴 ①@ u21.

󱚴 ②d17.

󱚴 ③d16.

󱚴 ②u17.

4 + & k z ( ) S `

45 + 285 ÷ 3 =j 45 + 285 z 3

=140.

(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =( 18 + 6 ) z

(

15 & 8 =

⎯

42 × −5 + 120 =42 k S 5 + 120

(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) =5 ` 3 z

4 ` S 3 =1'250'000.

34 + 57 =34 + 57 =91.

45 + 57 =45 =102.

68 × 25 =68 k 25 =1'700.

68 × 40 =40 = 2'720.

6 v $ t w ^ y s H >

i l O " V Y Z A 1

* m D q B e c a W

@ P 00.

sin 60 [°] =j v 60 =Q

⎯

U0.866025403

cos π

⎯

4 [rad] =@ J 0 1

$ @ s W 4 =

⎯

U0.707106781

tan−1

1 [g] =@ J 0 2

@ y 1 =50.

@ J 0 0

(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5)2 = j ( H $

1.5 + H v

1.5 ) A =20.08553692

tanh−1

⎯ =

@ > t (

5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734

ln 20 =i 20 =2.995732274

log 50 =l 50 = 1.698970004

log2 16384 =@ O 2 r 16384 =14.

o@ O 2 H 16384 )

=14.

e3 =@ " 3 =20.08553692

1 ÷ e =1 z ; V

=0.367879441

101.7 =@ Y 1.7 =50.11872336

1 1

⎯ + ⎯ =

6 7

6 @ Z + 7

@ Z =

⎯

U0.309523809

d(x4 − 0.5x3 + 6x2)

⎯

@ G ; X m 4 r

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A

(

x = 2

dx = 0.00002 r 2 =50.

(

x = 3

dx = 0.001

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

o@ G ; X m 4

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A H 2

) =50.

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

8 I

∑

1(x + 2) j @ I 1 r 5 r

; X + 2

n = 1 =25.

n = 2 l l H 2 =15.

oj @ I ; X + 2

H 1 H 5 ) =25.

l l H 2 =15.

9 ]

90° → [rad] j 90 @ ] 1

⎯ J

→ [g] @ ]100.

→ [°] @ ]90.

sin−1 0.8 = [°] @ w 0.8 =53.13010235

→ [rad] @ ]0.927295218

→ [g] @ ]59.03344706

→ [°] @ ]53.13010235

10 ; t x m M < [ ] T

X I

8 × 2 ⇒ M j 8 k 2 x M 16.

24 ÷ (8 × 2) =24 z ; M = 1

⎯

(8 × 2) × 5 =; M k 5 =80.

0 ⇒ M j x M0.

$150

× 3 ⇒ M1

+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2

−) M2 × 5%

–

150 k 3 m450.

250 m250.

t M k 5 @ a

@ M35.

t M665.

$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y) 110 x Y110.

¥26,510 = $? 26510 z ; Y

=241.

$2,750 = ¥? 2750 k ; Y

=302'500.

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y) 3 x Y3.

πr2 = ?

;

U28.27433388

⎯

4 + 6 = 2

⎯

…(A) 24 z ( 4 + 6

) =

⎯

3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =3 k ; < + 60

z ; < =

⎯

πr2 ⇒ F1

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)

V = ?

@ s ; Y A

x [jF1

3 x Y 3.

t [ k 4

z 3 = U 37.69911184

sinh−1 ⇒ D1 x I @ > v

sinh−1 0.5 =I 0.5 =0.481211825

DATA

b 1 1

@ Z

S#a# 1 [LINE]

2 H 5 _DATA SET= 1.

_DATA SET= 2.

12 H 24 _DATA SET= 3.

21 H 40 H 3

_DATA SET= 4.

15 H 25 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=1.050261097

b =t bb=1.826044386

r =t fr=0.995176343

sx =t vsx=8.541216597

sy =t Gsy=15.67223812

x = 3 󱚴 y´ = ? 3 @ U 3y´6.528394256

y = 46 󱚴 x´ = ? 46 @ V46 x´24.61590706

DATA

200

b 1 2

@ Z

S#a# 2 [QUAD]

12 H 41 _DATA SET= 1.

8 H 13 _DATA SET= 2.

5 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

23 H 200 _DATA SET= 4.

15 H 71 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=5.357506761

b =t bb=

3.120289663

c =t Sc=0.503334057

x = 10 󱚴 y´ = ? 10 @ U 10y´24.4880159

y = 22 󱚴 x´ = ? 22 @ V

22x´

9.63201409

3.432772026

22 _ H u d #

DATA

󱚶

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 _DATA SET= 1.

30 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

50 _DATA SET= 4.

d @ #DATA SET= 3.

d d d

_X: 45.

3 _F:

■

d 60 _X: 60.

– = Σx

⎯

nσx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

sx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn

Σx2 = x12 + x22 + … + xn2

– = Σy

⎯

nσy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

sy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σxy = x1y1 + x2y2 + … + xnyn

Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn

Σy2 = y12 + y22 + … + yn2

CALCULATION EXAMPLES

EXEMPLES DE CALCUL

ANWENDUNGSBEISPIELE

EJEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

EXEMPLOS DE CÁLCULO

ESEMPI DI CALCOLO

REKENVOORBEELDEN

PÉLDASZÁMÍTÁSOK

PŘÍKLADY VÝPOČTŮ

RÄKNEEXEMPEL

LASKENTAESIMERKKEJÄ

UDREGNINGSEKSEMPLER

CONTOH-CONTOH PERHITUNGAN

陹ꩥ꾽

PRINTED IN CHINA / IMPRIMÉ EN CHINE / IMPRESO EN CHINA

07HGK (TINSZ1308EHZZ)

1 J

100000 ÷ 3 =

[NORM1] j 100000 z 3

= U U33'333.33333

󱚴 [FIX: TAB 2] @ J 1 0 233'333.33

󱚴 [SCI: SIG 2] @ J 1 1 23.3b04

󱚴 [ENG: TAB 2] @ J 1 2 233.33b03

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 333'333.33333

3 ÷ 1000 =

[NORM1] j 3 z 1000 =

U0.003

󱚴 [NORM2] @ J 1 43.b

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 30.003

2 U

2 3

⎯ + ⎯ =

5 4

j 2 W 5 r

+ W 3 r 4

⎯

U 23

⎯

U1.15

U 3

⎯

3 ×

5 =@ * 3 r k

@ * 5 =H

U3.872983346

2 ÷ 3 + P

5 ÷ 5 =@ * 2 r z 3

+ @ * 5 r

z 5 =3Q

5+5Q

⎯

U0.918618116

8−2 − 34 × 52 =8 m S 2 r

& 3 m 4 r

k 5 A =

2024

⎯

U 129599

⎯

2'024.984375

o8 m S 2 &

3 m 4 k 5

A =

2'024.984375

2024

129599

(123)1

⎯

4 =( 12 m 3

r ) m

1 W 4 =6.447419591

o( 12 m 3 )

m 1 W 4 =6.447419591

83 =8 @ 1 =512.

49 − 4p

81 =@ * 49 r & 4

@ D 81 =4.

o@ * 49 & 4

@ D 81 =4.

27 =@ q 27 =3.

4! =4 @ B =24.

10P3 =10 @ e 3 =720.

5C2 =5 @ c 2 =10.

500 × 25% =500 k 25 @ a125.

120 ÷ 400 = ?% 120 z 400 @ a30.

500 + (500 × 25%) =500 + 25 @ a625.

400 − (400 × 30%) =400 & 30 @ a280.

| 5 − 9

| =@ W 5 & 9 =4.

o@ W ( 5 & 9

) =4.

θ = sin−1

x, θ = tan−1

xθ = cos−1

DEG −90 ≤ θ ≤ 90 0 ≤ θ ≤ 180

RAD −π

⎯

2 ≤ θ ≤ π

⎯

20 ≤ θ ≤ π

GRAD −100 ≤ θ ≤ 100 0 ≤ θ ≤ 200

7 F G

8(x2 − 5)dxj F 2 u 8 r

; X A & 5

n = 100 =138.

n = 10 l l H 10 =138.

oj F ; X A & 5

H 2 H 8 ) =138.

l l H 10 =138.

− −1

1(x2 − 1)dx

+ 1

3(x2 − 1)dx =

S F S 1 u 1 r

; X A & 1 r +

F 1 u 3 r ; X A

& 1 =8.

6 + 4 = ANS j 6 + 4 =10.

ANS + 5 =+ 5 =15.

8 × 2 = ANS 8 k 2 =16.

ANS2 =A =256.

44 + 37 = ANS 44 + 37 =81.

ANS =@ * =9.

12 W k

1 4

⎯ + ⎯ =

2 3 j 3 @ k 1 d 2

r + W 4 d 3 =

⎯

U29

⎯

U4.833333333

o3 W 1 W 2

+ 4 W 3 =*

4m5m6

U29m6

U4.833333333

10 2

⎯

3 =@ Y 2 W 3 =4.641588834

(

⎯

)

5 =7 W 5 r m 5 =16807

⎯

3125

o7 W 5 m 5 =16807m3125

⎯

3 =@ q 1 W 8 =1

⎯

225 =@ * 64 W 225 =8

⎯

34 =2 @ 1 W 3 m 4 =8

⎯

o2 @ 1 W ( 3 m 4

) =8m81

1.2

⎯

2.3 =1.2 W 2.3 =12

⎯

1°2’3”

⎯

2 =1 [ 2 [ 3 W 2 =0(31q1.5"

1 × 103

⎯

2 × 103 =1 ` 3 W 2 ` 3 =1

⎯

7 ⇒ A j 7 x A7.

⎯

A = 4 W ; A =4

⎯

1.25 + 2

⎯

5 =1.25 + 2 W 5 = 13

⎯

U33

⎯

U1.65

o1.25 + 2 W 5 =1.65

U1m13m20

U33m20

* 4m5m6 = 5

⎯

13 z r g h / d n 4

p x C

DEC (25) 󱚴 BIN j @ / 25

@ zBIN 11001

HEX (1AC) @ h 1AC

󱚴 BIN @ zBIN 110101100

󱚴 PEN @ rPEN 3203

󱚴 OCT @ gOCT 654

󱚴 DEC @ /428.

(1010 − 100)

× 11 =

[BIN]

@ z (

1010 &

100) k 11

=BIN 10010

BIN (111)

→

NEG d 111 =BIN 1111111001

HEX (1FF) +

OCT (512) =

@ h 1FF

@ g +

512 = OCT 1511

HEX (?) @ hHEX 349

2FEC

− 2C9E

⇒ M1

+) 2000 − 1901

⇒ M2

—

j x M

@ h 2FEC

& 2C9E mHEX 34E

2000 &1901

mHEX 6FF

t M

j x M HEX A4D

1011 AND 101 =

[BIN] @ z 1011

4 101 =BIN 1

5A OR C3 =

[HEX] @ h 5A p

C3 =HEX DB

NOT 10110 =

[BIN] @ z n

10110 =BIN 1111101001

24 XOR 4 =

[OCT] @ g 24 x

4 =OCT 20

B3 XNOR 2D =

[HEX] @ h B3 C

2D =HEX FFFFFFFF61

→ DEC @ /

159.

14 [ :

7°31’49.44” 󱚴 [10] j 7 [ 31 [

49.44 @ :

663

⎯

1250

123.678 󱚴 [60] 123.678 @ :123(40q40.8"

3h 30m 45s +

6h 45m 36s = [60]

3 [ 30 [ 45

+ 6 [ 45 [

36 =10(16q21."

1234°56’12” +

0°0’34.567” = [60]

1234 [ 56 [

12 + 0 [ 0

[ 34.567 =1234(56q47."

3h 45m – 1.69h

= [60]

3 [ 45 & 1.69 =

@ :2(3q36."

sin 62°12’24”

= [10] v 62 [ 12 [

24 =0.884635235

24° 󱚴 [”] 24 [ N 486q400.

1500” 󱚴 [’] 0 [ 0 [ 1500

N 525.

15 u E H

(

x = 6

y = 4 󱚴

(

r =

θ = [°] j 6 H 4

@ u

7.211102551

33.69006753

(

r = 14

θ = 36 [°] 󱚴

(

x =

y =

14 H 36

@ E

11.32623792

8.228993532

16 K L

V0 = 15.3 m/s

t = 10 s

V0t + 1

⎯

2gt2 = ? m

j 15.3 k 10 +

2 @ Z k K 03

k 10 A =

U643.3325

125 yd = ? m j 125@ L 05 =

U U114.3

•

Physical constants and metric conversions are shown in the tables.

•

Les constantes physiques et les conversions des unités sont

indiquées sur les tableaux.

•

Physikalische Konstanten und metriche Umrechnungen sind in

der Tabelle aufgelistet.

•

Las constants ﬁ sicas y conversiones métricas son mostradas

en las tables.

•

Constantes ﬁ sicas e conversões métricas estão mostradas nas

tablelas.

•

La constanti ﬁ siche e le conversioni delle unità di misura vengono

mostrate nella tabella.

•

De natuurconstanten en metrische omrekeningen staan in de

tabellen hiernaast.

•

A ﬁ zikai konstansok és a metrikus átváltások a táblázatokban

találhatók.

•

Fyzikální konstanty a převody do metrické soustavy jsou uvedeny

v tabulce.

•

Fysikaliska konstanter och metriska omvandlingar visas i tabellerna.

•

Fysikaaliset vakiot ja metrimuunnokset näkyvät taulukoista.

•

Fysiske konstanter og metriske omskrivninger vises i tabellen.

• •

•

Konstanta ﬁ sika dan konversi metrik diperlihatkan di dalam tabel.

• 斲殯

儆垫穢

恂庲

旇朞

愕

埮氊

筞斶

愯憛汆

埪汒

祢歆

償枻城埪͟

01–52

01: c, c0(m

s–1)19: µB(J

T–1)37: eV(J)

02: G(m3

kg–1

s–2)20: µe(J

T–1)38: t(K)

03: gn(m

s–2)21: µN(J

T–1)39: AU (m)

04: me(kg) 22: µp(J

T–1)40: pc (m)

05: mp(kg) 23: µn(J

T–1)41: M(12C) (kg

mol–1)

06: mn(kg) 24: µµ(J

T–1)42: h

(J s)

07: mµ(kg) 25: λc(m) 43: Eh(J)

08: 1u(kg) 26: λc, p (m) 44: G0(s)

09: e(C) 27: σ(W

m–2

K–4)45: α–1

10: h(J

s) 28: NA, L(mol–1)46: mp/me

11: k(J

K–1)29: Vm(m3

mol–1)47: Mu(kg

mol–1)

12: µ0(N

A–2)30: R(J

mol–1

K–1)48: λc, n (m)

13: ε0(F

m–1)31: F(C

mol–1)49: c1(W

m2)

14: re(m) 32: RK(Ω)50: c2(m

15: α33: –e/me(C

kg–1)51: Z0(Ω)

16: a0(m) 34: h/2me(m2

s–1) 52: atm (Pa)

17: R∞(m–1)35: γp(s–1

T–1)

18: Φ0(Wb) 36: KJ(Hz

V–1)

01–44

01: in→cm 16: kg→lb 31: calIT→J

02: cm→in 17: °F→°C32: J→calIT

03: ft→m18: °C→°F 33: hp→W

04: m→ft 19: gal (US)→L 34: W→hp

05: yd→m 20: L→gal (US) 35: ps→W

06: m→yd 21: gal (UK)→L 36: W→ps

07: mi→km 22: L→gal (UK) 37: kgf/cm2→Pa

08: km→mi 23: ﬂ oz(US)→mL 38: Pa→kgf/cm2

09: n mi→m 24: mL→ﬂ oz(US) 39: atm→Pa

10: m→n mi 25: ﬂ oz(UK)→mL 40: Pa→atm

11: acre→m226: mL→ﬂ oz(UK) 41: mmHg→Pa

12: m2→acre 27: calth→J 42: Pa→mmHg

13: oz→g 28: J→calth 43: kgf·m→N·m

14: g→oz 29: cal15→J 44: N·m→kgf·m

15: lb→kg 30: J→cal15

17 N (ENG)

100 m × 10 k = ? 100 N 3 4 k

10 N 3 0 =1'000.

18 n J

󱚴 [FIX, TAB = 1] j @ J 1 0 10.0

5 ÷ 9 = ANS 5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *15.0

5 z 9 =5

⎯

U0.6

󱚴 [MDF] @ n3

⎯

ANS × 9 =k 9 = *2 2

⎯

U U5.4

󱚴 [NORM1] @ J 1 35.4

*1 5

⎯

9 × 9 = 5.5555555555555 × 10−1 × 9

*2 3

⎯

5 × 9 = 0.6 × 9

19 N (ALGB)

f(x) = x3 − 3x2 + 2 j ; X @ 1

- 3 ; X A + 2

x = −1N 1 S 1 e

x = −0.5 N 1 S 0.5 e 1

⎯

B2@ * ; A A

+ ; B A

A = 2, B = 3 N 1

2 e 3 eH

A = 2, B = 5 N 1

e 5 eH

20 N (SOLVER)

sin

x − 0.5 j v ; X - 0.5

Start = 0 N 2 0 e e30.

Start = 180 e 180 e e150.

21 _ H R v p c g o Q

G s i j h f a b S

V U

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

95 _DATA SET= 1.

80 _DATA SET= 2.

_DATA SET= 3.

75 H 3 _DATA SET= 4.

50 _DATA SET= 5.

– =t Rx

–=75.71428571

σx =t pσx=12.37179148

n =t cn=7.

Σx =t gΣx=530.

Σx2 =t oΣx2=41'200.

sx =t vsx=13.3630621

sx2 =A =sx2=178.5714286

(95 − x

–)

⎯

× 10 + 50 =

( 95 &

; R )

z ; v

k 10 + 50

=64.43210706

24 N (

→

t, P

(

, Q

(

, R

(

)

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 H 1 _DATA SET= 1.

30 H 3 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 5 _DATA SET= 3.

50 H 8 _DATA SET= 4.

60 H 13 _DATA SET= 5.

70 H 10 _DATA SET= 6.

80 H 7 _DATA SET= 7.

90 H 3 _DATA SET= 8.

– = t Rx

–=60.4

σx = t pσx=16.48757108

x = 35 󱚴 P(t)?N 2 35 N 1

) =0.061713

x = 75 󱚴 Q(t)?N 3 75 N 1

) =0.312061

x = 85 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 85 N 1

) =0.067845

t = 1.5 󱚴 R(t)?N 4 1.5 ) =0.066807

25 b (CPLX)

(12 − 6i) + (7 + 15i)

− (11 + 4i) =

b 3

12 - 6 O + 7 + 15 O

- ( 11 + 4 O

) =8.

+5.K

6 × (7 − 9i)

× (−5 + 8i) =

6 k ( 7 - 9 O )

k ( S 5 + 8 O )

=222.

+606.K

16 × (sin 30° +

icos 30°) ÷ (sin 60°

+ icos 60°) =

16 k ( v 30 + O

$ 30 ) z ( v 60

+ O $ 60 )

=13.85640646

+8.K

θ1

θ2

r1 = 8, θ1 = 70°

r2 = 12, θ2 = 25°

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ u 8 Q 70 + 12 Q

25 =18.5408873

∠

42.76427608

1 + i

󱚴 r = ?, θ = ?°

@ E 1 + O

=1.

+1.K

@ u1.414213562

∠

45.

(2 − 3i)2 =@ E ( 2 - 3 O )

A =

12.K

⎯

i = ( 1 + O ) @ Z

=0.5

0.5K

CONJ(5 + 2i) = N 1 ( 5 + 2 O )

=5.

2.K

EL-W506

EL-W516

EL-W546

sin 45 =v 45 = Q

⎯

U0.707106781

2cos−1 0.5 [rad] =@ J 0 1

2 @ ^ 0.5 =

⎯J

U2.094395102

3 u d

@ Z 0.

① 3(5 + 2) =3 ( 5 + 2 ) =21.

② 3 × 5 + 2 =3 k 5 + 2 = 17.

③ (5 + 3) × 2 =( 5 + 3) k 2 =16.

󱚴 ①@ u21.

󱚴 ②d17.

󱚴 ③d16.

󱚴 ②u17.

4 + & k z ( ) S `

45 + 285 ÷ 3 =j 45 + 285 z 3

=140.

(18 + 6) ÷ (15 − 8) =( 18 + 6 ) z

(

15 & 8 =

⎯

42 × −5 + 120 =42 k S 5 + 120

(5 × 103) ÷ (4 × 10−3) =5 ` 3 z

4 ` S 3 =1'250'000.

34 + 57 =34 + 57 =91.

45 + 57 =45 =102.

68 × 25 =68 k 25 =1'700.

68 × 40 =40 = 2'720.

6 v $ t w ^ y s H >

i l O " V Y Z A 1

* m D q B e c a W

@ P 00.

sin 60 [°] =j v 60 =Q

⎯

U0.866025403

cos π

⎯

4 [rad] =@ J 0 1

$ @ s W 4 =

⎯

U0.707106781

tan−1

1 [g] =@ J 0 2

@ y 1 =50.

@ J 0 0

(cosh 1.5 + sinh 1.5)2 = j ( H $

1.5 + H v

1.5 ) A =20.08553692

tanh−1

⎯ =

@ > t (

5 z 7 ) = 0.895879734

ln 20 =i 20 =2.995732274

log 50 =l 50 = 1.698970004

log2 16384 =@ O 2 r 16384 =14.

o@ O 2 H 16384 )

=14.

e3 =@ " 3 =20.08553692

1 ÷ e =1 z ; V

=0.367879441

101.7 =@ Y 1.7 =50.11872336

1 1

⎯ + ⎯ =

6 7

6 @ Z + 7

@ Z =

⎯

U0.309523809

d(x4 − 0.5x3 + 6x2)

⎯

@ G ; X m 4 r

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A

(

x = 2

dx = 0.00002 r 2 =50.

(

x = 3

dx = 0.001

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

o@ G ; X m 4

& 0.5 ; X @ 1

+ 6 ; X A H 2

) =50.

l l N 3

H 0.001 =130.5000029

8 I

∑

1(x + 2) j @ I 1 r 5 r

; X + 2

n = 1 =25.

n = 2 l l H 2 =15.

oj @ I ; X + 2

H 1 H 5 ) =25.

l l H 2 =15.

9 ]

90° → [rad] j 90 @ ] 1

⎯ J

→ [g] @ ]100.

→ [°] @ ]90.

sin−1 0.8 = [°] @ w 0.8 =53.13010235

→ [rad] @ ]0.927295218

→ [g] @ ]59.03344706

→ [°] @ ]53.13010235

10 ; t x m M < [ ] T

X I

8 × 2 ⇒ M j 8 k 2 x M 16.

24 ÷ (8 × 2) =24 z ; M = 1

⎯

(8 × 2) × 5 =; M k 5 =80.

0 ⇒ M j x M0.

$150

× 3 ⇒ M1

+) $250: M1 + 250 ⇒ M2

−) M2 × 5%

–

150 k 3 m450.

250 m250.

t M k 5 @ a

@ M35.

t M665.

$1 = ¥110 (110 ⇒ Y) 110 x Y110.

¥26,510 = $? 26510 z ; Y

=241.

$2,750 = ¥? 2750 k ; Y

=302'500.

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y) 3 x Y3.

πr2 = ?

;

U28.27433388

⎯

4 + 6 = 2

⎯

…(A) 24 z ( 4 + 6

) =

⎯

3 × (A) + 60 ÷ (A) =3 k ; < + 60

z ; < =

⎯

πr2 ⇒ F1

r = 3 cm (r ⇒ Y)

V = ?

@ s ; Y A

x [jF1

3 x Y 3.

t [ k 4

z 3 = U 37.69911184

sinh−1 ⇒ D1 x I @ > v

sinh−1 0.5 =I 0.5 =0.481211825

DATA

b 1 1

@ Z

S#a# 1 [LINE]

2 H 5 _DATA SET= 1.

_DATA SET= 2.

12 H 24 _DATA SET= 3.

21 H 40 H 3

_DATA SET= 4.

15 H 25 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=1.050261097

b =t bb=1.826044386

r =t fr=0.995176343

sx =t vsx=8.541216597

sy =t Gsy=15.67223812

x = 3 󱚴 y´ = ? 3 @ U 3y´6.528394256

y = 46 󱚴 x´ = ? 46 @ V46 x´24.61590706

DATA

200

b 1 2

@ Z

S#a# 2 [QUAD]

12 H 41 _DATA SET= 1.

8 H 13 _DATA SET= 2.

5 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

23 H 200 _DATA SET= 4.

15 H 71 _DATA SET= 5.

a =t aa=5.357506761

b =t bb=

3.120289663

c =t Sc=0.503334057

x = 10 󱚴 y´ = ? 10 @ U 10y´24.4880159

y = 22 󱚴 x´ = ? 22 @ V

22x´

9.63201409

3.432772026

22 _ H u d #

DATA

󱚶

DATA

b 1 0

@ Z

S#a# 0 [SD]

20 _DATA SET= 1.

30 _DATA SET= 2.

40 H 2 _DATA SET= 3.

50 _DATA SET= 4.

d @ #DATA SET= 3.

d d d

_X: 45.

3 _F:

■

d 60 _X: 60.

– = Σx

⎯

nσx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

sx = Σx2 − nx

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σx = x1 + x2 + … + xn

Σx2 = x12 + x22 + … + xn2

– = Σy

⎯

nσy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

sy = Σy2 − ny

–2

⎯

n − 1

Σxy = x1y1 + x2y2 + … + xnyn

Σy = y1 + y2 + … + yn

Σy2 = y12 + y22 + … + yn2

26 b (MATRIX)

[

]

⇒ matA

b 4

N 2 2 2 e

1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e

j N 4 0

[

]

⇒ matB N 2 e

3 e 1 e 2 e 6 e

j N 4 1

matA × matB = j N 1 0 k

N 1 1 =

[

713

17 27

]

matA−1 = j N 1 0

@ Z =

[

1.5

^.5

]

dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0

N 1 0 H 3

H 3 ) =

[

12^

34^

^^^

]

fill (5, 3, 3) = j N 5 1 5

H 3 H 3 ) =

[

555

]

cumul matA = j N 5 2

N 1 0 =

[

]

aug (matA, matB) =

j N 5 3 N

1 0 H N

1 1 ) =

[

1231

3426

]

identity 3 =j N 5 4 3

[

1^^

^1^

^^1

]

rnd_mat (2, 3) =j N 5 5 2 H 3 )

det matA = j N 6 0

N 1 0 =

trans matB = j N 6 1

N 1 1 =

[

]

mat → list j N 7

N 3 0

[

1:12

]

j N 3 1

[

1:32

]

27 b (LIST)

{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1

b 5

N 2 3 e

2 e 7 e 4 e

j N 4 0

{−3, −1, −4}

⇒ L2

N 2 e

S 3 e S 1 e S 4 e

j N 4 1

L1 + L2 = j N 1 0 +

N 1 1 =

[

3:^

]

sortA L1 = j N 5 0 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:7

]

sortD L1 = j N 5 1 N

1 0 =

[

1:72

3:2

]

dim (L1, 5) = j N 5 2 N

1 0 H 5 )

[

1:22

3:44

5:^

]

fill (5, 5) = j N 5 3 5

H 5 ) =

[

1:52

3:54

5:5

]

cumul L1 = j N 5 4 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:13

]

df_list L1 = j N 5 5 N

1 0 =

[

1:52

]

aug (L1, L2) =j N 5 6 N

1 0 H N 1

1 ) =

[

1:22

3:44

]

min L1 =j N 6 0 N

1 0 =2.

max L1 =j N 6 1 N

1 0 =7.

mean L1 =j N 6 2 N

1 0 =4.333333333

med L1 =j N 6 3 N

1 0 =4.

sum L1 =j N 6 4 N

1 0 =13.

prod L1 =j N 6 5 N

1 0 =56.

stdDv L1 =j N 6 6 N

1 0 =2.516611478

vari L1 =j N 6 7 N

1 0 =6.333333333

o_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 8

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

[

24 2:

3:19

]

i_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 9

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

29.

abs_list L2 =j N 6 A

N 1 1 =5.099019514

list → matA j N 8

N 3 0

[

]

28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)

{

2x + 3y = 4

5x + 6y = 7

b 6 0

2 e 3 e 4 e

5 e 6 e 7

x = ?

y = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

{

x + y − z = 9

6x + 6y − z = 17

14x − 7y + 2z = 42

b 6 1

1 e 1 e S 1 e 9 e

6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e

14 e S 7 e 2 e 42

x = ?

y = ?

z = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

3.238095238

1.638095238

7.4

105.

3x2 + 4x − 95 = 0

b 6 2

3 e 4 e S 95

x = ? eX=

6.333333333

5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0

b 6 3

5 e 4 e 3 e 7

x = ? eX=

1.233600307

0.216800153

1.043018296K

Function keys

Touches de fonction

Funktionstasten

Teclas de función

Teclas de função

Tasti di funzione

Functietoetsen

Függvénybillentyűk

Tlačítka funkcí

Funktionstangenter

Funktionäppäimet

Funktionstaster

Tombol fungsi

穮朞͑疪

Display

Afﬁ chage

Visualizador

Exibição

Display

Kijelző

Zobrazení

Visning

Näyttö

Display

Tampilan

筚彺͑祢柢

Buffer space*

Espace tampon*

Speicherplatz*

Espacio de memoria intermedia

Espaço na memória intermediária

Memoria tampone*

Bufferruimte*

Pufferterület*

Vyrovnávací paměť*

Buffertutrymme*

Puskuritila*

Bufferplads*

Ruang buffer*

憊碂͑击儊͛͑

@ Z

□

−11

□

@ 1

□

□

□5

@ Olog□(

□

@ " e

□5

@ Y 10

□5

@ *P

□

@ q3P

□

@ D□P

□

@ k□

⎯

□7

@ W|

□

F□

□

dx 9

@ G

□

)

⎯

□7

@ I□

∑

□(

□

( )( ) 4

* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView

editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,

denoted in the chart by “□”).

* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’afﬁ chage dans l’éditeur

WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs

d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).

* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete

Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen

Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).

* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor

WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores

introducidos, indicados en el graﬁ co mediante “□”).

* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no

editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores

introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).

* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor

WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,

indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).

* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView

editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering

van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de graﬁ ek met “□”).

* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos

memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel

jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).

* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru

WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,

označených v grafu znakem „□“).

* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteView-

redigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,

vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).

* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä

laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).

* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteView-

editoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der

angives med „□“ i tabellen).

* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan

dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak

termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram

dengan “□”)

* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑

匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑ג□ד嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟

(A + Bi) ÷ (C + Di)

AC + BD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

BC − AD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

C2 + D2 ≠ 0

󱚴 DEC

󱚴 BIN

󱚴 PEN

󱚴 OCT

󱚴 HEX

AND

XOR

XNOR

DEC: |

x | ≤ 9999999999

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

NOT

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222221

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE

NEG

BIN: 1000000001

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000001

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /

geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /

kokonaisluku / heltal / / / bilangan

bulat / 洛朞

Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:

Umweltschutz

Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.

Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,

beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:

• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen

Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum Kundenservice-

Zentrum zur Wiederverwertung.

• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser

oder in den Hausmüll.

Seulement pour la France/For France only:

Protection de l’environnement

L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,

nous vous recommandons:

• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au

service après-vente, pour recyclage.

• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,

dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.

Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:

Miljöskydd

Denna produkt drivs av batteri.

Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:

• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling

eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.

• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet

får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.

For Europe only:

OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/

NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY

For Australia/New Zealand only:

For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.

A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)

1. In the European Union

Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not

use the ordinary dust bin!

Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated

separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper

treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic

equipment.

Following the implementation by member states, private

households within the EU states may return their used electrical

and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of

charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back

your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.

*) Please contact your local authority for further details.

If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or

accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand

according to local requirements.

By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the

waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling

and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and

human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate

waste handling.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be

returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a

new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage

of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.

1. In the European Union

If the product is used for business purposes and you want to

discard it:

Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the

take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising

from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)

might be taken back by your local collection facilities.

For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your

local authority for take-back of your used products.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

Attention: Your

product is marked

with this symbol. It

means that used

electrical and

electronic

products should

not be mixed with

general household

waste. There is a

separate

collection system

for these products.

ENGLISH

A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs

privés (ménages)

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez

pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !

Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités

séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de

traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.

Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,

les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent

désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et

électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains

pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien

produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.

*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de

renseignements.

Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles

ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement

au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.

En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez

à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de

ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur

mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent

être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas

un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,

veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et

que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :

Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des

conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage

pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites

quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.

Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre

administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits

usagés.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Attention : votre

produit comporte

ce symbole. Il

signifie que les

produits

électriques et

électroniques

usagés ne doivent

pas être mélangés

avec les déchets

ménagers

généraux. Un

système de

collecte séparé

est prévu pour ces

produits.

FRANÇAIS

A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten

1. In der Europäischen Union

Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den

normalen Hausmüll!

Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße

Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektro-

und Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und

elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.

Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können

Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun

kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen

Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem

Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät

kaufen.

*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.

Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder

Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich

geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.

Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass

Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.

Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und

Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können

kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues

Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der

Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.

B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer

1. In der Europäischen Union

Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und

nun entsorgen möchten:

Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die

Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen

Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine

Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer

örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.

Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene

Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen

zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Achtung: Ihr

Produkt trägt

dieses Symbol.

Es besagt, dass

Elektro- und

Elektronikgeräte

nicht mit dem

Haushaltsmüll

entsorgt, sondern

einem getrennten

Rücknahme-

system zugeführt

werden sollten.

DEUTSCH

A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares

1. En la Unión Europea

Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el

cubo de la basura habitual!

Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por

separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un

tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los

equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.

Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los

hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea

pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros

de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es

posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto

sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.

*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para

obtener más detalles.

Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o

acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación

según los requisitos locales.

Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que

los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje

necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos

en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían

producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden

devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra

ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros

centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o

www.sens.ch.

B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias

1. En la Unión Europea

Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:

Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le

informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren

los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de

tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por

sus centros de recogida locales.

Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de

recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida

de los productos usados.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Atención: su

producto está

marcado con este

símbolo. Significa

que los productos

eléctricos y

electrónicos

usados no

deberían

mezclarse con los

residuos

domésticos

generales. Existe

un sistema de

recogida

independiente para

estos productos.

ESPAÑOL

A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)

1. Nell’Unione europea

Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale

bidone della spazzatura!

Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere

gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il

trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.

In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti

nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche

ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,

anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto

se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.

*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale

competente.

Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o

accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in

conformità alle disposizioni locali.

Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire

che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio

necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e

sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione

dei rifiuti.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate

possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si

acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle

homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.

B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali

1. Nell’Unione europea

Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue

per eliminarlo.

Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il

ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e

riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati

anche dai centri di raccolta locali.

Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale

preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Attenzione: Il

dispositivo è

contrassegnato da

questo simbolo,

che segnala di

non smaltire le

apparecchiature

elettriche ed

elettroniche

insieme ai normali

rifiuti domestici.

Per tali prodotti è

previsto un

sistema di

raccolta a parte.

ITALIANO

A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os

Utilizadores (particulares)

1. Na União Europeia

Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer

juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!

O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente

e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,

recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e

electrónicos usados.

Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estados-

membros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão

entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações

de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu

revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a

título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.

*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.

Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas

ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação

local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.

Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o

lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e

reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos

nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no

ambiente e na saúde.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título

gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um

novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha

destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para Utilizadores-

Empresas.

1. Na União Europeia

Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:

Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor

forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas

resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais

pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas

estações locais.

Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades

locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Atenção: O seu

produto está

identificado com

este símbolo.

Significa que os

produtos

eléctricos e

electrónicos não

devem ser

misturados com o

lixo doméstico

comum. Existe um

sistema de

recolhas

específico para

estes produtos.

PORTUGUÊS

A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private

husholdninger)

1. Inden for EU

Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i

din almindelige skraldespand.

Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i

overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af

brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.

Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har

private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske

og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er

det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale

forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.

*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere

oplysninger.

Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier

eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i

overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer

udstyret.

Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at

vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken

miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig

affaldshåndtering.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.

1. Inden for EU

Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du

ønsker at skille dig af med det:

Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan

produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for

omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små

produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale

genbrugsplads.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

Obs: Produktet vil

have dette

symbol. Det

betyder at der er

tale om elektrisk

eller elektronisk

udstyr som ikke

bør blandes med

det almindelige

husholdnings-

affald. Der findes

et særskilt

genbrugssystem

til sådanne

produkter.

DANSK

A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových

koších!

Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat

samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou

likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a

elektronického vybavení.

Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích

Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v

určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může

místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud

zakoupíte nový podobný.

*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.

Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje

baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v

souladu s místními vyhláškami.

Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude

odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a

zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví

obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné

likvidace.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské

účely:

Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání

výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé

výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny

odpadu.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

Upozornění: Váš

výrobek je

označen tímto

symbolem.

Znamená to, že

je zakázáno

likvidovat použitý

elektrický nebo

elektronický

výrobek s

běžným domácím

odpadem. Pro

tyto výrobky je k

dispozici

samostatný

sběrný systém.

ČESKY

A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán

háztartások)

1. Az Európai Unióban

Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a

közönséges szemeteskukát használja!

A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a

használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű

kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező

jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.

A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a

magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai

berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt

gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés

is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új

terméket vásárol.

*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.

Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek

vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki

a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.

A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,

hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,

visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a

lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások

megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen

hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók

részére.

1. Az Európai Unióban

Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:

Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a

termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és

újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,

hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb

termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

Figyelem: A

terméket ezzel a

jelöléssel látták

el. Ez azt jelenti,

hogy a használt

elektromos és

elektronikus

termékeket nem

szabad az

általános

háztartási

hulladékkal

keverni. Ezekhez

a termékekhez

külön

hulladékgyűjtő

rendszer üzemel.

MAGYAR

A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers

(particuliere huishoudens)

1. In de Europese Unie

Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval

weggooien!

Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet

gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de

verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van

afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.

Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere

huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte

elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe

aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige

landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude

product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.

*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere

informatie.

Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of

accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de

plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.

Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt

u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en

recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu

en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders

zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische

apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen

nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn

vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.

1. In de Europese Unie

Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u

dit wilt weggooien:

Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen

verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u

een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling

moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen

door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.

Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de

lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Let op: Uw

product is van dit

merkteken

voorzien. Dit

betekent dat

afgedankte

elektrische en

elektronische

apparatuur niet

samen met het

normale huisafval

mogen worden

weggegooid. Er

bestaat een

afzonderlijk

inzamelings-

systeem voor

deze producten.

NEDERLANDS

A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för

hushåll

1. EU-länder

OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!

Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med

gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.

I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att

lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*

I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in

gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande

enhet.

* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.

Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa

först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande

miljöföreskrifter.

Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter

kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,

vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

B) Information om återvinning för företag

1. EU-länder

Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:

Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till

väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för

transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter

(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala

återvinningsstationer.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

OBS! Produkten

är märkt med

symbolen ovan.

Denna symbol

indikerar att

elektroniska

produkter inte ska

kastas i det

vanliga

hushållsavfallet

eftersom det finns

ett separat

avfallshanterings-

system för dem.

SVENSKA

A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)

1. Euroopan unionissa

Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista

jätesäiliötä.

Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen

noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja

elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.

Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n

jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet

määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset

vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,

jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.

*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.

Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai

akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten

mukaisesti.

Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet

käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin

vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa

olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.

1. Euroopan unionissa

Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,

ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai

ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen

vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset

keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

Huomio: Tuote on

merkitty tällä

symbolilla. Tämä

tarkoittaa, että

käytettyjä sähkö-

ja elektroniikkalait-

teita ei saa

sekoittaa

kotitalouden

yleisjätteiden

kanssa. Näille

tuotteille on

olemassa erillinen

keräysjärjestelmä.

SUOMI

Function

Fonction

Funktion

Función

Função

Funzioni

Functie

Függvény

Funkce

Funktion

Funktio

Funktion

Fungsi

穮朞

Dynamic range

Plage dynamique

zulässiger Bereich

Rango dinámico

Gama dinâmica

Campi dinamici

Rekencapaciteit

Megengedett számítási tartomány

Dynamický rozsah

Definitionsområde

Dynaaminen ala

Dynamikområde

Kisaran dinamis

壟洇͑憚氊

sin

x, cos

x, tan

DEG: |

x | < 1010

(tan

x: |

| ≠ 90(2n − 1))*

RAD: |

x | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ π

⎯

2(2n − 1))*

GRAD: |

x | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*

sin–1

x, cos–1

x | ≤ 1

tan–1

x, 3P

x | < 10100

x, log

x, loga

x10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)

• y > 0: −10100 < xlog

y < 100

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = n

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < xlog | y | < 100

• y > 0: −10100 < 1

⎯

xlog

y < 100 (x ≠ 0)

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = 2n − 1

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = n, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < 1

⎯

xlog | y | < 100

ex−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092

10x−10100 < x < 100

sinh

x, cosh

x, tanh

x | ≤ 230.2585092

sinh–1

x | < 1050

cosh–1

x1 ≤ x < 1050

tanh–1

x | < 1

x2|

x | < 1050

x3|

x | < 2.15443469 × 1033

x0 ≤ x < 10100

x–1 |

x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)

n! 0 ≤ n ≤ 69*

nPr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

nCr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

0 ≤ r ≤ 69

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

󱚷DEG, D°M’S 0°0’0.00001” ≤ |

x | < 10000°

x, y 󱚴 r, θx2 + y2 < 10100

r, θ 󱚴 x, y

0 ≤ r < 10100

DEG: |

θ | < 1010

RAD: |

θ | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

GRAD: |

θ | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

DRG▶DEG 󱚴 RAD, GRAD 󱚴 DEG: |

x | < 10100

RAD 󱚴 GRAD: |

x | < π

⎯

2 × 1098

(A + Bi) + (C + Di)| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100

(A + Bi) − (C + Di)| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100

(A + Bi) × (C + Di)(AC − BD) < 10100

(AD + BC) < 10100

26 b (MATRIX)

[

]

⇒ matA

b 4

N 2 2 2 e

1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e

j N 4 0

[

]

⇒ matB N 2 e

3 e 1 e 2 e 6 e

j N 4 1

matA × matB = j N 1 0 k

N 1 1 =

[

713

17 27

]

matA−1 = j N 1 0

@ Z =

[

1.5

^.5

]

dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0

N 1 0 H 3

H 3 ) =

[

12^

34^

^^^

]

fill (5, 3, 3) = j N 5 1 5

H 3 H 3 ) =

[

555

]

cumul matA = j N 5 2

N 1 0 =

[

]

aug (matA, matB) =

j N 5 3 N

1 0 H N

1 1 ) =

[

1231

3426

]

identity 3 =j N 5 4 3

[

1^^

^1^

^^1

]

rnd_mat (2, 3) =j N 5 5 2 H 3 )

det matA = j N 6 0

N 1 0 =

trans matB = j N 6 1

N 1 1 =

[

]

mat → list j N 7

N 3 0

[

1:12

]

j N 3 1

[

1:32

]

27 b (LIST)

{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1

b 5

N 2 3 e

2 e 7 e 4 e

j N 4 0

{−3, −1, −4}

⇒ L2

N 2 e

S 3 e S 1 e S 4 e

j N 4 1

L1 + L2 = j N 1 0 +

N 1 1 =

[

3:^

]

sortA L1 = j N 5 0 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:7

]

sortD L1 = j N 5 1 N

1 0 =

[

1:72

3:2

]

dim (L1, 5) = j N 5 2 N

1 0 H 5 )

[

1:22

3:44

5:^

]

fill (5, 5) = j N 5 3 5

H 5 ) =

[

1:52

3:54

5:5

]

cumul L1 = j N 5 4 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:13

]

df_list L1 = j N 5 5 N

1 0 =

[

1:52

]

aug (L1, L2) =j N 5 6 N

1 0 H N 1

1 ) =

[

1:22

3:44

]

min L1 =j N 6 0 N

1 0 =2.

max L1 =j N 6 1 N

1 0 =7.

mean L1 =j N 6 2 N

1 0 =4.333333333

med L1 =j N 6 3 N

1 0 =4.

sum L1 =j N 6 4 N

1 0 =13.

prod L1 =j N 6 5 N

1 0 =56.

stdDv L1 =j N 6 6 N

1 0 =2.516611478

vari L1 =j N 6 7 N

1 0 =6.333333333

o_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 8

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

[

24 2:

3:19

]

i_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 9

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

29.

abs_list L2 =j N 6 A

N 1 1 =5.099019514

list → matA j N 8

N 3 0

[

]

28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)

{

2x + 3y = 4

5x + 6y = 7

b 6 0

2 e 3 e 4 e

5 e 6 e 7

x = ?

y = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

{

x + y − z = 9

6x + 6y − z = 17

14x − 7y + 2z = 42

b 6 1

1 e 1 e S 1 e 9 e

6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e

14 e S 7 e 2 e 42

x = ?

y = ?

z = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

3.238095238

1.638095238

7.4

105.

3x2 + 4x − 95 = 0

b 6 2

3 e 4 e S 95

x = ? eX=

6.333333333

5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0

b 6 3

5 e 4 e 3 e 7

x = ? eX=

1.233600307

0.216800153

1.043018296K

Function keys

Touches de fonction

Funktionstasten

Teclas de función

Teclas de função

Tasti di funzione

Functietoetsen

Függvénybillentyűk

Tlačítka funkcí

Funktionstangenter

Funktionäppäimet

Funktionstaster

Tombol fungsi

穮朞͑疪

Display

Afﬁ chage

Visualizador

Exibição

Display

Kijelző

Zobrazení

Visning

Näyttö

Display

Tampilan

筚彺͑祢柢

Buffer space*

Espace tampon*

Speicherplatz*

Espacio de memoria intermedia

Espaço na memória intermediária

Memoria tampone*

Bufferruimte*

Pufferterület*

Vyrovnávací paměť*

Buffertutrymme*

Puskuritila*

Bufferplads*

Ruang buffer*

憊碂͑击儊͛͑

@ Z

□

−11

□

@ 1

□

□

□5

@ Olog□(

□

@ " e

□5

@ Y 10

□5

@ *P

□

@ q3P

□

@ D□P

□

@ k□

⎯

□7

@ W|

□

F□

□

dx 9

@ G

□

)

⎯

□7

@ I□

∑

□(

□

( )( ) 4

* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView

editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,

denoted in the chart by “□”).

* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’afﬁ chage dans l’éditeur

WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs

d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).

* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete

Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen

Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).

* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor

WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores

introducidos, indicados en el graﬁ co mediante “□”).

* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no

editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores

introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).

* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor

WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,

indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).

* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView

editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering

van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de graﬁ ek met “□”).

* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos

memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel

jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).

* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru

WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,

označených v grafu znakem „□“).

* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteView-

redigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,

vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).

* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä

laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).

* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteView-

editoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der

angives med „□“ i tabellen).

* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan

dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak

termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram

dengan “□”)

* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑

匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑ג□ד嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟

(A + Bi) ÷ (C + Di)

AC + BD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

BC − AD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

C2 + D2 ≠ 0

󱚴 DEC

󱚴 BIN

󱚴 PEN

󱚴 OCT

󱚴 HEX

AND

XOR

XNOR

DEC: |

x | ≤ 9999999999

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

NOT

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222221

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE

NEG

BIN: 1000000001

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000001

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /

geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /

kokonaisluku / heltal / / / bilangan

bulat / 洛朞

Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:

Umweltschutz

Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.

Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,

beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:

• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen

Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum Kundenservice-

Zentrum zur Wiederverwertung.

• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser

oder in den Hausmüll.

Seulement pour la France/For France only:

Protection de l’environnement

L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,

nous vous recommandons:

• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au

service après-vente, pour recyclage.

• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,

dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.

Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:

Miljöskydd

Denna produkt drivs av batteri.

Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:

• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling

eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.

• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet

får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.

For Europe only:

OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/

NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY

For Australia/New Zealand only:

For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.

A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)

1. In the European Union

Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not

use the ordinary dust bin!

Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated

separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper

treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic

equipment.

Following the implementation by member states, private

households within the EU states may return their used electrical

and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of

charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back

your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.

*) Please contact your local authority for further details.

If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or

accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand

according to local requirements.

By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the

waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling

and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and

human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate

waste handling.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be

returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a

new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage

of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.

1. In the European Union

If the product is used for business purposes and you want to

discard it:

Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the

take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising

from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)

might be taken back by your local collection facilities.

For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your

local authority for take-back of your used products.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

Attention: Your

product is marked

with this symbol. It

means that used

electrical and

electronic

products should

not be mixed with

general household

waste. There is a

separate

collection system

for these products.

ENGLISH

A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs

privés (ménages)

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez

pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !

Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités

séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de

traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.

Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,

les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent

désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et

électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains

pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien

produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.

*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de

renseignements.

Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles

ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement

au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.

En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez

à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de

ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur

mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent

être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas

un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,

veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et

que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :

Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des

conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage

pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites

quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.

Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre

administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits

usagés.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Attention : votre

produit comporte

ce symbole. Il

signifie que les

produits

électriques et

électroniques

usagés ne doivent

pas être mélangés

avec les déchets

ménagers

généraux. Un

système de

collecte séparé

est prévu pour ces

produits.

FRANÇAIS

A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten

1. In der Europäischen Union

Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den

normalen Hausmüll!

Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße

Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektro-

und Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und

elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.

Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können

Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun

kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen

Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem

Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät

kaufen.

*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.

Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder

Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich

geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.

Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass

Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.

Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und

Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können

kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues

Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der

Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.

B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer

1. In der Europäischen Union

Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und

nun entsorgen möchten:

Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die

Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen

Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine

Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer

örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.

Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene

Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen

zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Achtung: Ihr

Produkt trägt

dieses Symbol.

Es besagt, dass

Elektro- und

Elektronikgeräte

nicht mit dem

Haushaltsmüll

entsorgt, sondern

einem getrennten

Rücknahme-

system zugeführt

werden sollten.

DEUTSCH

A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares

1. En la Unión Europea

Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el

cubo de la basura habitual!

Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por

separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un

tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los

equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.

Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los

hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea

pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros

de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es

posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto

sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.

*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para

obtener más detalles.

Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o

acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación

según los requisitos locales.

Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que

los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje

necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos

en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían

producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden

devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra

ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros

centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o

www.sens.ch.

B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias

1. En la Unión Europea

Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:

Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le

informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren

los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de

tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por

sus centros de recogida locales.

Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de

recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida

de los productos usados.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Atención: su

producto está

marcado con este

símbolo. Significa

que los productos

eléctricos y

electrónicos

usados no

deberían

mezclarse con los

residuos

domésticos

generales. Existe

un sistema de

recogida

independiente para

estos productos.

ESPAÑOL

A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)

1. Nell’Unione europea

Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale

bidone della spazzatura!

Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere

gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il

trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.

In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti

nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche

ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,

anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto

se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.

*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale

competente.

Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o

accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in

conformità alle disposizioni locali.

Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire

che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio

necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e

sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione

dei rifiuti.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate

possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si

acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle

homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.

B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali

1. Nell’Unione europea

Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue

per eliminarlo.

Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il

ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e

riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati

anche dai centri di raccolta locali.

Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale

preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Attenzione: Il

dispositivo è

contrassegnato da

questo simbolo,

che segnala di

non smaltire le

apparecchiature

elettriche ed

elettroniche

insieme ai normali

rifiuti domestici.

Per tali prodotti è

previsto un

sistema di

raccolta a parte.

ITALIANO

A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os

Utilizadores (particulares)

1. Na União Europeia

Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer

juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!

O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente

e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,

recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e

electrónicos usados.

Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estados-

membros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão

entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações

de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu

revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a

título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.

*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.

Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas

ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação

local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.

Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o

lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e

reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos

nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no

ambiente e na saúde.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título

gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um

novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha

destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para Utilizadores-

Empresas.

1. Na União Europeia

Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:

Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor

forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas

resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais

pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas

estações locais.

Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades

locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Atenção: O seu

produto está

identificado com

este símbolo.

Significa que os

produtos

eléctricos e

electrónicos não

devem ser

misturados com o

lixo doméstico

comum. Existe um

sistema de

recolhas

específico para

estes produtos.

PORTUGUÊS

A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private

husholdninger)

1. Inden for EU

Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i

din almindelige skraldespand.

Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i

overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af

brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.

Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har

private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske

og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er

det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale

forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.

*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere

oplysninger.

Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier

eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i

overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer

udstyret.

Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at

vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken

miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig

affaldshåndtering.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.

1. Inden for EU

Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du

ønsker at skille dig af med det:

Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan

produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for

omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små

produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale

genbrugsplads.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

Obs: Produktet vil

have dette

symbol. Det

betyder at der er

tale om elektrisk

eller elektronisk

udstyr som ikke

bør blandes med

det almindelige

husholdnings-

affald. Der findes

et særskilt

genbrugssystem

til sådanne

produkter.

DANSK

A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových

koších!

Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat

samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou

likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a

elektronického vybavení.

Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích

Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v

určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může

místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud

zakoupíte nový podobný.

*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.

Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje

baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v

souladu s místními vyhláškami.

Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude

odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a

zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví

obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné

likvidace.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské

účely:

Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání

výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé

výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny

odpadu.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

Upozornění: Váš

výrobek je

označen tímto

symbolem.

Znamená to, že

je zakázáno

likvidovat použitý

elektrický nebo

elektronický

výrobek s

běžným domácím

odpadem. Pro

tyto výrobky je k

dispozici

samostatný

sběrný systém.

ČESKY

A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán

háztartások)

1. Az Európai Unióban

Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a

közönséges szemeteskukát használja!

A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a

használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű

kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező

jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.

A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a

magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai

berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt

gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés

is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új

terméket vásárol.

*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.

Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek

vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki

a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.

A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,

hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,

visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a

lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások

megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen

hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók

részére.

1. Az Európai Unióban

Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:

Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a

termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és

újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,

hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb

termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

Figyelem: A

terméket ezzel a

jelöléssel látták

el. Ez azt jelenti,

hogy a használt

elektromos és

elektronikus

termékeket nem

szabad az

általános

háztartási

hulladékkal

keverni. Ezekhez

a termékekhez

külön

hulladékgyűjtő

rendszer üzemel.

MAGYAR

A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers

(particuliere huishoudens)

1. In de Europese Unie

Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval

weggooien!

Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet

gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de

verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van

afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.

Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere

huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte

elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe

aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige

landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude

product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.

*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere

informatie.

Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of

accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de

plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.

Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt

u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en

recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu

en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders

zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische

apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen

nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn

vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.

1. In de Europese Unie

Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u

dit wilt weggooien:

Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen

verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u

een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling

moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen

door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.

Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de

lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Let op: Uw

product is van dit

merkteken

voorzien. Dit

betekent dat

afgedankte

elektrische en

elektronische

apparatuur niet

samen met het

normale huisafval

mogen worden

weggegooid. Er

bestaat een

afzonderlijk

inzamelings-

systeem voor

deze producten.

NEDERLANDS

A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för

hushåll

1. EU-länder

OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!

Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med

gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.

I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att

lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*

I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in

gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande

enhet.

* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.

Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa

först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande

miljöföreskrifter.

Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter

kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,

vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

B) Information om återvinning för företag

1. EU-länder

Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:

Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till

väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för

transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter

(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala

återvinningsstationer.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

OBS! Produkten

är märkt med

symbolen ovan.

Denna symbol

indikerar att

elektroniska

produkter inte ska

kastas i det

vanliga

hushållsavfallet

eftersom det finns

ett separat

avfallshanterings-

system för dem.

SVENSKA

A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)

1. Euroopan unionissa

Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista

jätesäiliötä.

Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen

noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja

elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.

Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n

jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet

määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset

vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,

jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.

*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.

Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai

akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten

mukaisesti.

Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet

käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin

vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa

olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.

1. Euroopan unionissa

Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,

ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai

ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen

vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset

keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

Huomio: Tuote on

merkitty tällä

symbolilla. Tämä

tarkoittaa, että

käytettyjä sähkö-

ja elektroniikkalait-

teita ei saa

sekoittaa

kotitalouden

yleisjätteiden

kanssa. Näille

tuotteille on

olemassa erillinen

keräysjärjestelmä.

SUOMI

Function

Fonction

Funktion

Función

Função

Funzioni

Functie

Függvény

Funkce

Funktion

Funktio

Funktion

Fungsi

穮朞

Dynamic range

Plage dynamique

zulässiger Bereich

Rango dinámico

Gama dinâmica

Campi dinamici

Rekencapaciteit

Megengedett számítási tartomány

Dynamický rozsah

Definitionsområde

Dynaaminen ala

Dynamikområde

Kisaran dinamis

壟洇͑憚氊

sin

x, cos

x, tan

DEG: |

x | < 1010

(tan

x: |

| ≠ 90(2n − 1))*

RAD: |

x | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ π

⎯

2(2n − 1))*

GRAD: |

x | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*

sin–1

x, cos–1

x | ≤ 1

tan–1

x, 3P

x | < 10100

x, log

x, loga

x10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)

• y > 0: −10100 < xlog

y < 100

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = n

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < xlog | y | < 100

• y > 0: −10100 < 1

⎯

xlog

y < 100 (x ≠ 0)

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = 2n − 1

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = n, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < 1

⎯

xlog | y | < 100

ex−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092

10x−10100 < x < 100

sinh

x, cosh

x, tanh

x | ≤ 230.2585092

sinh–1

x | < 1050

cosh–1

x1 ≤ x < 1050

tanh–1

x | < 1

x2|

x | < 1050

x3|

x | < 2.15443469 × 1033

x0 ≤ x < 10100

x–1 |

x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)

n! 0 ≤ n ≤ 69*

nPr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

nCr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

0 ≤ r ≤ 69

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

󱚷DEG, D°M’S 0°0’0.00001” ≤ |

x | < 10000°

x, y 󱚴 r, θx2 + y2 < 10100

r, θ 󱚴 x, y

0 ≤ r < 10100

DEG: |

θ | < 1010

RAD: |

θ | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

GRAD: |

θ | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

DRG▶DEG 󱚴 RAD, GRAD 󱚴 DEG: |

x | < 10100

RAD 󱚴 GRAD: |

x | < π

⎯

2 × 1098

(A + Bi) + (C + Di)| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100

(A + Bi) − (C + Di)| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100

(A + Bi) × (C + Di)(AC − BD) < 10100

(AD + BC) < 10100

26 b (MATRIX)

[

]

⇒ matA

b 4

N 2 2 2 e

1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e

j N 4 0

[

]

⇒ matB N 2 e

3 e 1 e 2 e 6 e

j N 4 1

matA × matB = j N 1 0 k

N 1 1 =

[

713

17 27

]

matA−1 = j N 1 0

@ Z =

[

1.5

^.5

]

dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0

N 1 0 H 3

H 3 ) =

[

12^

34^

^^^

]

fill (5, 3, 3) = j N 5 1 5

H 3 H 3 ) =

[

555

]

cumul matA = j N 5 2

N 1 0 =

[

]

aug (matA, matB) =

j N 5 3 N

1 0 H N

1 1 ) =

[

1231

3426

]

identity 3 =j N 5 4 3

[

1^^

^1^

^^1

]

rnd_mat (2, 3) =j N 5 5 2 H 3 )

det matA = j N 6 0

N 1 0 =

trans matB = j N 6 1

N 1 1 =

[

]

mat → list j N 7

N 3 0

[

1:12

]

j N 3 1

[

1:32

]

27 b (LIST)

{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1

b 5

N 2 3 e

2 e 7 e 4 e

j N 4 0

{−3, −1, −4}

⇒ L2

N 2 e

S 3 e S 1 e S 4 e

j N 4 1

L1 + L2 = j N 1 0 +

N 1 1 =

[

3:^

]

sortA L1 = j N 5 0 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:7

]

sortD L1 = j N 5 1 N

1 0 =

[

1:72

3:2

]

dim (L1, 5) = j N 5 2 N

1 0 H 5 )

[

1:22

3:44

5:^

]

fill (5, 5) = j N 5 3 5

H 5 ) =

[

1:52

3:54

5:5

]

cumul L1 = j N 5 4 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:13

]

df_list L1 = j N 5 5 N

1 0 =

[

1:52

]

aug (L1, L2) =j N 5 6 N

1 0 H N 1

1 ) =

[

1:22

3:44

]

min L1 =j N 6 0 N

1 0 =2.

max L1 =j N 6 1 N

1 0 =7.

mean L1 =j N 6 2 N

1 0 =4.333333333

med L1 =j N 6 3 N

1 0 =4.

sum L1 =j N 6 4 N

1 0 =13.

prod L1 =j N 6 5 N

1 0 =56.

stdDv L1 =j N 6 6 N

1 0 =2.516611478

vari L1 =j N 6 7 N

1 0 =6.333333333

o_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 8

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

[

24 2:

3:19

]

i_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 9

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

29.

abs_list L2 =j N 6 A

N 1 1 =5.099019514

list → matA j N 8

N 3 0

[

]

28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)

{

2x + 3y = 4

5x + 6y = 7

b 6 0

2 e 3 e 4 e

5 e 6 e 7

x = ?

y = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

{

x + y − z = 9

6x + 6y − z = 17

14x − 7y + 2z = 42

b 6 1

1 e 1 e S 1 e 9 e

6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e

14 e S 7 e 2 e 42

x = ?

y = ?

z = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

3.238095238

1.638095238

7.4

105.

3x2 + 4x − 95 = 0

b 6 2

3 e 4 e S 95

x = ? eX=

6.333333333

5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0

b 6 3

5 e 4 e 3 e 7

x = ? eX=

1.233600307

0.216800153

1.043018296K

Function keys

Touches de fonction

Funktionstasten

Teclas de función

Teclas de função

Tasti di funzione

Functietoetsen

Függvénybillentyűk

Tlačítka funkcí

Funktionstangenter

Funktionäppäimet

Funktionstaster

Tombol fungsi

穮朞͑疪

Display

Afﬁ chage

Visualizador

Exibição

Display

Kijelző

Zobrazení

Visning

Näyttö

Display

Tampilan

筚彺͑祢柢

Buffer space*

Espace tampon*

Speicherplatz*

Espacio de memoria intermedia

Espaço na memória intermediária

Memoria tampone*

Bufferruimte*

Pufferterület*

Vyrovnávací paměť*

Buffertutrymme*

Puskuritila*

Bufferplads*

Ruang buffer*

憊碂͑击儊͛͑

@ Z

□

−11

□

@ 1

□

□

□5

@ Olog□(

□

@ " e

□5

@ Y 10

□5

@ *P

□

@ q3P

□

@ D□P

□

@ k□

⎯

□7

@ W|

□

F□

□

dx 9

@ G

□

)

⎯

□7

@ I□

∑

□(

□

( )( ) 4

* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView

editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,

denoted in the chart by “□”).

* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’afﬁ chage dans l’éditeur

WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs

d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).

* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete

Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen

Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).

* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor

WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores

introducidos, indicados en el graﬁ co mediante “□”).

* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no

editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores

introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).

* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor

WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,

indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).

* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView

editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering

van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de graﬁ ek met “□”).

* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos

memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel

jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).

* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru

WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,

označených v grafu znakem „□“).

* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteView-

redigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,

vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).

* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä

laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).

* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteView-

editoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der

angives med „□“ i tabellen).

* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan

dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak

termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram

dengan “□”)

* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑

匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑ג□ד嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟

(A + Bi) ÷ (C + Di)

AC + BD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

BC − AD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

C2 + D2 ≠ 0

󱚴 DEC

󱚴 BIN

󱚴 PEN

󱚴 OCT

󱚴 HEX

AND

XOR

XNOR

DEC: |

x | ≤ 9999999999

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

NOT

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222221

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE

NEG

BIN: 1000000001

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000001

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /

geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /

kokonaisluku / heltal / / / bilangan

bulat / 洛朞

Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:

Umweltschutz

Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.

Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,

beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:

• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen

Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum Kundenservice-

Zentrum zur Wiederverwertung.

• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser

oder in den Hausmüll.

Seulement pour la France/For France only:

Protection de l’environnement

L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,

nous vous recommandons:

• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au

service après-vente, pour recyclage.

• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,

dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.

Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:

Miljöskydd

Denna produkt drivs av batteri.

Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:

• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling

eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.

• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet

får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.

For Europe only:

OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/

NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY

For Australia/New Zealand only:

For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.

A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)

1. In the European Union

Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not

use the ordinary dust bin!

Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated

separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper

treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic

equipment.

Following the implementation by member states, private

households within the EU states may return their used electrical

and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of

charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back

your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.

*) Please contact your local authority for further details.

If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or

accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand

according to local requirements.

By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the

waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling

and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and

human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate

waste handling.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be

returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a

new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage

of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.

1. In the European Union

If the product is used for business purposes and you want to

discard it:

Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the

take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising

from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)

might be taken back by your local collection facilities.

For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your

local authority for take-back of your used products.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

Attention: Your

product is marked

with this symbol. It

means that used

electrical and

electronic

products should

not be mixed with

general household

waste. There is a

separate

collection system

for these products.

ENGLISH

A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs

privés (ménages)

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez

pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !

Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités

séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de

traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.

Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,

les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent

désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et

électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains

pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien

produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.

*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de

renseignements.

Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles

ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement

au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.

En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez

à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de

ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur

mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent

être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas

un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,

veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et

que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :

Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des

conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage

pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites

quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.

Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre

administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits

usagés.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Attention : votre

produit comporte

ce symbole. Il

signifie que les

produits

électriques et

électroniques

usagés ne doivent

pas être mélangés

avec les déchets

ménagers

généraux. Un

système de

collecte séparé

est prévu pour ces

produits.

FRANÇAIS

A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten

1. In der Europäischen Union

Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den

normalen Hausmüll!

Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße

Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektro-

und Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und

elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.

Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können

Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun

kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen

Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem

Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät

kaufen.

*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.

Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder

Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich

geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.

Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass

Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.

Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und

Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können

kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues

Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der

Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.

B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer

1. In der Europäischen Union

Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und

nun entsorgen möchten:

Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die

Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen

Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine

Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer

örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.

Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene

Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen

zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Achtung: Ihr

Produkt trägt

dieses Symbol.

Es besagt, dass

Elektro- und

Elektronikgeräte

nicht mit dem

Haushaltsmüll

entsorgt, sondern

einem getrennten

Rücknahme-

system zugeführt

werden sollten.

DEUTSCH

A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares

1. En la Unión Europea

Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el

cubo de la basura habitual!

Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por

separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un

tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los

equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.

Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los

hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea

pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros

de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es

posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto

sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.

*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para

obtener más detalles.

Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o

acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación

según los requisitos locales.

Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que

los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje

necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos

en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían

producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden

devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra

ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros

centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o

www.sens.ch.

B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias

1. En la Unión Europea

Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:

Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le

informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren

los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de

tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por

sus centros de recogida locales.

Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de

recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida

de los productos usados.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Atención: su

producto está

marcado con este

símbolo. Significa

que los productos

eléctricos y

electrónicos

usados no

deberían

mezclarse con los

residuos

domésticos

generales. Existe

un sistema de

recogida

independiente para

estos productos.

ESPAÑOL

A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)

1. Nell’Unione europea

Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale

bidone della spazzatura!

Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere

gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il

trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.

In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti

nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche

ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,

anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto

se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.

*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale

competente.

Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o

accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in

conformità alle disposizioni locali.

Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire

che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio

necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e

sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione

dei rifiuti.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate

possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si

acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle

homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.

B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali

1. Nell’Unione europea

Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue

per eliminarlo.

Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il

ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e

riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati

anche dai centri di raccolta locali.

Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale

preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Attenzione: Il

dispositivo è

contrassegnato da

questo simbolo,

che segnala di

non smaltire le

apparecchiature

elettriche ed

elettroniche

insieme ai normali

rifiuti domestici.

Per tali prodotti è

previsto un

sistema di

raccolta a parte.

ITALIANO

A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os

Utilizadores (particulares)

1. Na União Europeia

Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer

juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!

O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente

e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,

recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e

electrónicos usados.

Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estados-

membros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão

entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações

de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu

revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a

título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.

*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.

Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas

ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação

local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.

Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o

lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e

reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos

nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no

ambiente e na saúde.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título

gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um

novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha

destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para Utilizadores-

Empresas.

1. Na União Europeia

Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:

Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor

forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas

resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais

pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas

estações locais.

Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades

locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Atenção: O seu

produto está

identificado com

este símbolo.

Significa que os

produtos

eléctricos e

electrónicos não

devem ser

misturados com o

lixo doméstico

comum. Existe um

sistema de

recolhas

específico para

estes produtos.

PORTUGUÊS

A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private

husholdninger)

1. Inden for EU

Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i

din almindelige skraldespand.

Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i

overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af

brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.

Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har

private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske

og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er

det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale

forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.

*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere

oplysninger.

Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier

eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i

overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer

udstyret.

Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at

vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken

miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig

affaldshåndtering.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.

1. Inden for EU

Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du

ønsker at skille dig af med det:

Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan

produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for

omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små

produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale

genbrugsplads.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

Obs: Produktet vil

have dette

symbol. Det

betyder at der er

tale om elektrisk

eller elektronisk

udstyr som ikke

bør blandes med

det almindelige

husholdnings-

affald. Der findes

et særskilt

genbrugssystem

til sådanne

produkter.

DANSK

A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových

koších!

Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat

samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou

likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a

elektronického vybavení.

Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích

Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v

určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může

místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud

zakoupíte nový podobný.

*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.

Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje

baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v

souladu s místními vyhláškami.

Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude

odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a

zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví

obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné

likvidace.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské

účely:

Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání

výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé

výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny

odpadu.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

Upozornění: Váš

výrobek je

označen tímto

symbolem.

Znamená to, že

je zakázáno

likvidovat použitý

elektrický nebo

elektronický

výrobek s

běžným domácím

odpadem. Pro

tyto výrobky je k

dispozici

samostatný

sběrný systém.

ČESKY

A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán

háztartások)

1. Az Európai Unióban

Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a

közönséges szemeteskukát használja!

A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a

használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű

kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező

jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.

A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a

magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai

berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt

gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés

is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új

terméket vásárol.

*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.

Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek

vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki

a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.

A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,

hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,

visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a

lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások

megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen

hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók

részére.

1. Az Európai Unióban

Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:

Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a

termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és

újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,

hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb

termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

Figyelem: A

terméket ezzel a

jelöléssel látták

el. Ez azt jelenti,

hogy a használt

elektromos és

elektronikus

termékeket nem

szabad az

általános

háztartási

hulladékkal

keverni. Ezekhez

a termékekhez

külön

hulladékgyűjtő

rendszer üzemel.

MAGYAR

A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers

(particuliere huishoudens)

1. In de Europese Unie

Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval

weggooien!

Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet

gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de

verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van

afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.

Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere

huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte

elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe

aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige

landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude

product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.

*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere

informatie.

Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of

accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de

plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.

Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt

u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en

recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu

en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders

zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische

apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen

nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn

vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.

1. In de Europese Unie

Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u

dit wilt weggooien:

Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen

verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u

een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling

moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen

door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.

Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de

lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Let op: Uw

product is van dit

merkteken

voorzien. Dit

betekent dat

afgedankte

elektrische en

elektronische

apparatuur niet

samen met het

normale huisafval

mogen worden

weggegooid. Er

bestaat een

afzonderlijk

inzamelings-

systeem voor

deze producten.

NEDERLANDS

A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för

hushåll

1. EU-länder

OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!

Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med

gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.

I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att

lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*

I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in

gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande

enhet.

* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.

Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa

först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande

miljöföreskrifter.

Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter

kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,

vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

B) Information om återvinning för företag

1. EU-länder

Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:

Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till

väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för

transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter

(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala

återvinningsstationer.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

OBS! Produkten

är märkt med

symbolen ovan.

Denna symbol

indikerar att

elektroniska

produkter inte ska

kastas i det

vanliga

hushållsavfallet

eftersom det finns

ett separat

avfallshanterings-

system för dem.

SVENSKA

A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)

1. Euroopan unionissa

Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista

jätesäiliötä.

Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen

noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja

elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.

Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n

jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet

määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset

vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,

jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.

*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.

Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai

akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten

mukaisesti.

Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet

käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin

vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa

olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.

1. Euroopan unionissa

Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,

ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai

ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen

vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset

keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

Huomio: Tuote on

merkitty tällä

symbolilla. Tämä

tarkoittaa, että

käytettyjä sähkö-

ja elektroniikkalait-

teita ei saa

sekoittaa

kotitalouden

yleisjätteiden

kanssa. Näille

tuotteille on

olemassa erillinen

keräysjärjestelmä.

SUOMI

Function

Fonction

Funktion

Función

Função

Funzioni

Functie

Függvény

Funkce

Funktion

Funktio

Funktion

Fungsi

穮朞

Dynamic range

Plage dynamique

zulässiger Bereich

Rango dinámico

Gama dinâmica

Campi dinamici

Rekencapaciteit

Megengedett számítási tartomány

Dynamický rozsah

Definitionsområde

Dynaaminen ala

Dynamikområde

Kisaran dinamis

壟洇͑憚氊

sin

x, cos

x, tan

DEG: |

x | < 1010

(tan

x: |

| ≠ 90(2n − 1))*

RAD: |

x | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ π

⎯

2(2n − 1))*

GRAD: |

x | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*

sin–1

x, cos–1

x | ≤ 1

tan–1

x, 3P

x | < 10100

x, log

x, loga

x10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)

• y > 0: −10100 < xlog

y < 100

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = n

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < xlog | y | < 100

• y > 0: −10100 < 1

⎯

xlog

y < 100 (x ≠ 0)

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = 2n − 1

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = n, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < 1

⎯

xlog | y | < 100

ex−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092

10x−10100 < x < 100

sinh

x, cosh

x, tanh

x | ≤ 230.2585092

sinh–1

x | < 1050

cosh–1

x1 ≤ x < 1050

tanh–1

x | < 1

x2|

x | < 1050

x3|

x | < 2.15443469 × 1033

x0 ≤ x < 10100

x–1 |

x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)

n! 0 ≤ n ≤ 69*

nPr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

nCr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

0 ≤ r ≤ 69

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

󱚷DEG, D°M’S 0°0’0.00001” ≤ |

x | < 10000°

x, y 󱚴 r, θx2 + y2 < 10100

r, θ 󱚴 x, y

0 ≤ r < 10100

DEG: |

θ | < 1010

RAD: |

θ | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

GRAD: |

θ | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

DRG▶DEG 󱚴 RAD, GRAD 󱚴 DEG: |

x | < 10100

RAD 󱚴 GRAD: |

x | < π

⎯

2 × 1098

(A + Bi) + (C + Di)| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100

(A + Bi) − (C + Di)| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100

(A + Bi) × (C + Di)(AC − BD) < 10100

(AD + BC) < 10100

26 b (MATRIX)

[

]

⇒ matA

b 4

N 2 2 2 e

1 e 2 e 3 e 4 e

j N 4 0

[

]

⇒ matB N 2 e

3 e 1 e 2 e 6 e

j N 4 1

matA × matB = j N 1 0 k

N 1 1 =

[

713

17 27

]

matA−1 = j N 1 0

@ Z =

[

1.5

^.5

]

dim (matA, 3, 3) = j N 5 0

N 1 0 H 3

H 3 ) =

[

12^

34^

^^^

]

fill (5, 3, 3) = j N 5 1 5

H 3 H 3 ) =

[

555

]

cumul matA = j N 5 2

N 1 0 =

[

]

aug (matA, matB) =

j N 5 3 N

1 0 H N

1 1 ) =

[

1231

3426

]

identity 3 =j N 5 4 3

[

1^^

^1^

^^1

]

rnd_mat (2, 3) =j N 5 5 2 H 3 )

det matA = j N 6 0

N 1 0 =

trans matB = j N 6 1

N 1 1 =

[

]

mat → list j N 7

N 3 0

[

1:12

]

j N 3 1

[

1:32

]

27 b (LIST)

{2, 7, 4} ⇒ L1

b 5

N 2 3 e

2 e 7 e 4 e

j N 4 0

{−3, −1, −4}

⇒ L2

N 2 e

S 3 e S 1 e S 4 e

j N 4 1

L1 + L2 = j N 1 0 +

N 1 1 =

[

3:^

]

sortA L1 = j N 5 0 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:7

]

sortD L1 = j N 5 1 N

1 0 =

[

1:72

3:2

]

dim (L1, 5) = j N 5 2 N

1 0 H 5 )

[

1:22

3:44

5:^

]

fill (5, 5) = j N 5 3 5

H 5 ) =

[

1:52

3:54

5:5

]

cumul L1 = j N 5 4 N

1 0 =

[

1:22

3:13

]

df_list L1 = j N 5 5 N

1 0 =

[

1:52

]

aug (L1, L2) =j N 5 6 N

1 0 H N 1

1 ) =

[

1:22

3:44

]

min L1 =j N 6 0 N

1 0 =2.

max L1 =j N 6 1 N

1 0 =7.

mean L1 =j N 6 2 N

1 0 =4.333333333

med L1 =j N 6 3 N

1 0 =4.

sum L1 =j N 6 4 N

1 0 =13.

prod L1 =j N 6 5 N

1 0 =56.

stdDv L1 =j N 6 6 N

1 0 =2.516611478

vari L1 =j N 6 7 N

1 0 =6.333333333

o_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 8

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

[

24 2:

3:19

]

i_prod (L1, L2) =j N 6 9

N 1 0 H

N 1 1 )

29.

abs_list L2 =j N 6 A

N 1 1 =5.099019514

list → matA j N 8

N 3 0

[

]

28 b (2-VLE, 3-VLE, QUAD, CUBIC)

{

2x + 3y = 4

5x + 6y = 7

b 6 0

2 e 3 e 4 e

5 e 6 e 7

x = ?

y = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

{

x + y − z = 9

6x + 6y − z = 17

14x − 7y + 2z = 42

b 6 1

1 e 1 e S 1 e 9 e

6 e 6 e S 1 e 17 e

14 e S 7 e 2 e 42

x = ?

y = ?

z = ?

det(D) = ?

eX:

3.238095238

1.638095238

7.4

105.

3x2 + 4x − 95 = 0

b 6 2

3 e 4 e S 95

x = ? eX=

6.333333333

5x3 + 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0

b 6 3

5 e 4 e 3 e 7

x = ? eX=

1.233600307

0.216800153

1.043018296K

Function keys

Touches de fonction

Funktionstasten

Teclas de función

Teclas de função

Tasti di funzione

Functietoetsen

Függvénybillentyűk

Tlačítka funkcí

Funktionstangenter

Funktionäppäimet

Funktionstaster

Tombol fungsi

穮朞͑疪

Display

Afﬁ chage

Visualizador

Exibição

Display

Kijelző

Zobrazení

Visning

Näyttö

Display

Tampilan

筚彺͑祢柢

Buffer space*

Espace tampon*

Speicherplatz*

Espacio de memoria intermedia

Espaço na memória intermediária

Memoria tampone*

Bufferruimte*

Pufferterület*

Vyrovnávací paměť*

Buffertutrymme*

Puskuritila*

Bufferplads*

Ruang buffer*

憊碂͑击儊͛͑

@ Z

□

−11

□

@ 1

□

□

□5

@ Olog□(

□

@ " e

□5

@ Y 10

□5

@ *P

□

@ q3P

□

@ D□P

□

@ k□

⎯

□7

@ W|

□

F□

□

dx 9

@ G

□

)

⎯

□7

@ I□

∑

□(

□

( )( ) 4

* The amount of memory used for the display in the WriteView

editor, measured in characters (excluding entered values,

denoted in the chart by “□”).

* Espace mémoire utilisé pour préserver l’afﬁ chage dans l’éditeur

WriteView, mesuré en caractère (à l’exception des valeurs

d’entrée, indiquées dans le tableau par “□”).

* Der für die Anzeige im WriteView Editor verwendete

Speicherplatz, gemessen in Zeichen (ohne die eingegebenen

Werte, die in der Tabelle mit „□“ markiert sind).

* La cantidad de memoria usada para visualizar en el editor

WriteView, medida en caracteres (excluyendo los valores

introducidos, indicados en el graﬁ co mediante “□”).

* A quantidade de memória que é usada para a exibição no

editor WriteView, medida em caracteres (excluindo os valores

introduzidos, indicados no quadro por “□”).

* La quantità di memoria utilizzata per la visualizzazione nell’editor

WriteView, misurata in caratteri (escludendo i valori inseriti,

indicati nella tabella con il simbolo “□”).

* De hoeveelheid geheugen dat wordt gebruikt om de WriteView

editor weer te geven, gemeten in symbolen (met uitzondering

van ingevoerde waarden aangeduid in de graﬁ ek met “□”).

* A WriteView szerkesztő megjelenítési műveleteire használatos

memóriaterület, karakterben kifejezve (az ábrán „□” karakterrel

jelölt beviteli értékeket nem számítva).

* Množství paměti využívané pro účely zobrazení v editoru

WriteView, vyjádřené počtem znaků (vyjma zadaných hodnot,

označených v grafu znakem „□“).

* Den mängd minne som används för visning med WriteView-

redigeraren, mätt i antalet tecken (exklusive inmatade värden,

vilka anges som ”□” i tabellen).

* Näytön WriteView-editorissa käyttämä muisti merkkeinä

laskettuna (pois lukien syötetyt arvot, taulukossa merkitty ”□”).

* Den mængde hukommelse, der bruges til visning i WriteView-

editoren, målt i tegn (med undtagelse af indtastede værdier, der

angives med „□“ i tabellen).

* Jumlah memori yang digunakan untuk kepentingan tampilan

dalam editor WriteView, diukur dalam jumlah karakter (tidak

termasuk nilai yang dimasukkan, ditunjukkan dalam diagram

dengan “□”)

* ΈΣΚΥΖ·ΚΖΨ͑碾滗匶汞͑筚彺͑祢柢櫖͑斲殯夞垚͑彚微庲͑檗͙͑怾沖͑朞͑

匶渆͑͝壊祢櫖昢͑ג□ד嵢͑祢柢夢͑斲殯沖͑沋崫͑儘汆͑洢歾͚͟

(A + Bi) ÷ (C + Di)

AC + BD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

BC − AD

⎯

C2 + D2 < 10100

C2 + D2 ≠ 0

󱚴 DEC

󱚴 BIN

󱚴 PEN

󱚴 OCT

󱚴 HEX

AND

XOR

XNOR

DEC: |

x | ≤ 9999999999

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

NOT

BIN: 1000000000

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222221

OCT: 4000000000

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FE

NEG

BIN: 1000000001

≤ x ≤ 1111111111

≤ x ≤ 111111111

PEN: 2222222223

≤ x ≤ 4444444444

≤ x ≤ 2222222222

OCT: 4000000001

≤ x ≤ 7777777777

≤ x ≤ 3777777777

HEX: FDABF41C01

≤ x ≤ FFFFFFFFFF

≤ x ≤ 2540BE3FF

* n, r: integer / entier / ganze Zahlen / entero / inteiro / intero /

geheel getal / egész számok / celé číslo / heltal /

kokonaisluku / heltal / / / bilangan

bulat / 洛朞

Nur für Deutschland/For Germany only:

Umweltschutz

Das Gerät wird durch eine Batterie mit Strom versorgt.

Um die Batterie sicher und umweltschonend zu entsorgen,

beachten Sie bitte folgende Punkte:

• Bringen Sie die leere Batterie zu Ihrer örtlichen

Mülldeponie, zum Händler oder zum Kundenservice-

Zentrum zur Wiederverwertung.

• Werfen Sie die leere Batterie niemals ins Feuer, ins Wasser

oder in den Hausmüll.

Seulement pour la France/For France only:

Protection de l’environnement

L’appareil est alimenté par pile. Afin de protéger l’environnement,

nous vous recommandons:

• d’apporter la pile usagée ou à votre revendeur ou au

service après-vente, pour recyclage.

• de ne pas jeter la pile usagée dans une source de chaleur,

dans l’eau ou dans un vide-ordures.

Endast svensk version/For Sweden only:

Miljöskydd

Denna produkt drivs av batteri.

Vid batteribyte skall följande iakttagas:

• Det förbrukade batteriet skall inlämnas till batteriinsamling

eller till kommunal miljöstation för återinssamling.

• Kasta ej batteriet i vattnet eller i hushållssoporna. Batteriet

får ej heller utsättas för öppen eld.

For Europe only:

OPMERKING: ALLEEN VOOR NEDERLAND/

NOTE: FOR NETHERLANDS ONLY

For Australia/New Zealand only:

For warranty information please see www.sharp.net.au.

A. Information on Disposal for Users (private households)

1. In the European Union

Attention: If you want to dispose of this equipment, please do not

use the ordinary dust bin!

Used electrical and electronic equipment must be treated

separately and in accordance with legislation that requires proper

treatment, recovery and recycling of used electrical and electronic

equipment.

Following the implementation by member states, private

households within the EU states may return their used electrical

and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of

charge*. In some countries* your local retailer may also take back

your old product free of charge if you purchase a similar new one.

*) Please contact your local authority for further details.

If your used electrical or electronic equipment has batteries or

accumulators, please dispose of these separately beforehand

according to local requirements.

By disposing of this product correctly you will help ensure that the

waste undergoes the necessary treatment, recovery and recycling

and thus prevent potential negative effects on the environment and

human health which could otherwise arise due to inappropriate

waste handling.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

For Switzerland: Used electrical or electronic equipment can be

returned free of charge to the dealer, even if you don’t purchase a

new product. Further collection facilities are listed on the homepage

of www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Information on Disposal for Business Users.

1. In the European Union

If the product is used for business purposes and you want to

discard it:

Please contact your SHARP dealer who will inform you about the

take-back of the product. You might be charged for the costs arising

from take-back and recycling. Small products (and small amounts)

might be taken back by your local collection facilities.

For Spain: Please contact the established collection system or your

local authority for take-back of your used products.

2. In other Countries outside the EU

If you wish to discard of this product, please contact your local

authorities and ask for the correct method of disposal.

Attention: Your

product is marked

with this symbol. It

means that used

electrical and

electronic

products should

not be mixed with

general household

waste. There is a

separate

collection system

for these products.

ENGLISH

A. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des utilisateurs

privés (ménages)

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Attention : si vous souhaitez mettre cet appareil au rebut, ne le jetez

pas dans une poubelle ordinaire !

Les appareils électriques et électroniques usagés doivent être traités

séparément et conformément aux lois en vigueur en matière de

traitement, de récupération et de recyclage adéquats de ces appareils.

Suite à la mise en oeuvre de ces dispositions dans les Etats membres,

les ménages résidant au sein de l’Union européenne peuvent

désormais ramener gratuitement* leurs appareils électriques et

électroniques usagés sur des sites de collecte désignés. Dans certains

pays*, votre détaillant reprendra également gratuitement votre ancien

produit si vous achetez un produit neuf similaire.

*) Veuillez contacter votre administration locale pour plus de

renseignements.

Si votre appareil électrique ou électronique usagé comporte des piles

ou des accumulateurs, veuillez les mettre séparément et préalablement

au rebut conformément à la législation locale en vigueur.

En veillant à la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit, vous contribuerez

à assurer le traitement, la récupération et le recyclage nécessaires de

ces déchets, et préviendrez ainsi les effets néfastes potentiels de leur

mauvaise gestion sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Suisse : les équipements électriques ou électroniques usagés peuvent

être ramenés gratuitement au détaillant, même si vous n’achetez pas

un nouvel appareil. Pour obtenir la liste des autres sites de collecte,

veuillez vous reporter à la page d’accueil du site www.swico.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informations sur la mise au rebut à l’intention des entreprises

1. Au sein de l’Union européenne

Si ce produit est utilisé dans le cadre des activités de votre entreprise et

que vous souhaitiez le mettre au rebut :

Veuillez contacter votre revendeur SHARP qui vous informera des

conditions de reprise du produit. Les frais de reprise et de recyclage

pourront vous être facturés. Les produits de petite taille (et en petites

quantités) pourront être repris par vos organisations de collecte locales.

Espagne : veuillez contacter l’organisation de collecte existante ou votre

administration locale pour les modalités de reprise de vos produits

usagés.

2. Pays hors de l’Union européenne

Si vous souhaitez mettre ce produit au rebut, veuillez contacter votre

administration locale qui vous renseignera sur la méthode d’élimination

correcte de cet appareil.

Attention : votre

produit comporte

ce symbole. Il

signifie que les

produits

électriques et

électroniques

usagés ne doivent

pas être mélangés

avec les déchets

ménagers

généraux. Un

système de

collecte séparé

est prévu pour ces

produits.

FRANÇAIS

A. Entsorgungsinformationen für Benutzer aus Privathaushalten

1. In der Europäischen Union

Achtung: Werfen Sie dieses Gerät zur Entsorgung bitte nicht in den

normalen Hausmüll!

Gemäß einer neuen EU-Richtlinie, die die ordnungsgemäße

Rücknahme, Behandlung und Verwertung von gebrauchten Elektro-

und Elektronikgeräten vorschreibt, müssen elektrische und

elektronische Altgeräte getrennt entsorgt werden.

Nach der Einführung der Richtlinie in den EU-Mitgliedstaaten können

Privathaushalte ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte nun

kostenlos an ausgewiesenen Rücknahmestellen abgeben*. In einigen

Ländern* können Sie Altgeräte u.U. auch kostenlos bei Ihrem

Fachhändler abgeben, wenn Sie ein vergleichbares neues Gerät

kaufen.

*) Weitere Einzelheiten erhalten Sie von Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung.

Wenn Ihre gebrauchten Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte Batterien oder

Akkus enthalten, sollten diese vorher entnommen und gemäß örtlich

geltenden Regelungen getrennt entsorgt werden.

Durch die ordnungsgemäße Entsorgung tragen Sie dazu bei, dass

Altgeräte angemessen gesammelt, behandelt und verwendet werden.

Dies verhindert mögliche schädliche Auswirkungen auf Umwelt und

Gesundheit durch eine unsachgemäße Entsorgung.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Für die Schweiz: Gebrauchte Elektro- und Elektronikgeräte können

kostenlos beim Händler abgegeben werden, auch wenn Sie kein neues

Produkt kaufen. Weitere Rücknahmesysteme finden Sie auf der

Homepage von www.swico.ch oder www.sens.ch.

B. Entsorgungsinformationen für gewerbliche Nutzer

1. In der Europäischen Union

Wenn Sie dieses Produkt für gewerbliche Zwecke genutzt haben und

nun entsorgen möchten:

Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren SHARP Fachhändler, der Sie über die

Rücknahme des Produkts informieren kann. Möglicherweise müssen

Sie die Kosten für die Rücknahme und Verwertung tragen. Kleine

Produkte (und kleine Mengen) können möglicherweise bei Ihrer

örtlichen Rücknahmestelle abgegeben werden.

Für Spanien: Bitte wenden Sie sich an das vorhandene

Rücknahmesystem oder Ihre Gemeindeverwaltung, wenn Sie Fragen

zur Rücknahme Ihrer Altgeräte haben.

2. In anderen Ländern außerhalb der EU

Bitte erkundigen Sie sich bei Ihrer Gemeindeverwaltung nach dem

ordnungsgemäßen Verfahren zur Entsorgung dieses Geräts.

Achtung: Ihr

Produkt trägt

dieses Symbol.

Es besagt, dass

Elektro- und

Elektronikgeräte

nicht mit dem

Haushaltsmüll

entsorgt, sondern

einem getrennten

Rücknahme-

system zugeführt

werden sollten.

DEUTSCH

A. Información sobre eliminación para usuarios particulares

1. En la Unión Europea

Atención: si quiere desechar este equipo, ¡por favor no utilice el

cubo de la basura habitual!

Los equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados deberían tratarse por

separado de acuerdo con la legislación que requiere un

tratamiento, una recuperación y un reciclaje adecuados de los

equipos eléctricos y electrónicos usados.

Tras la puesta en práctica por parte de los estados miembros, los

hogares de particulares dentro de los estados de la Unión Europea

pueden devolver sus equipos eléctricos y electrónicos a los centros

de recogida designados sin coste alguno*. En algunos países* es

posible que también su vendedor local se lleve su viejo producto

sin coste alguno si Ud. compra uno nuevo similar.

*) Por favor, póngase en contacto con su autoridad local para

obtener más detalles.

Si sus equipos eléctricos o electrónicos usados tienen pilas o

acumuladores, por favor deséchelos por separado con antelación

según los requisitos locales.

Al desechar este producto correctamente, ayudará a asegurar que

los residuos reciban el tratamiento, la recuperación y el reciclaje

necesarios, previniendo de esta forma posibles efectos negativos

en el medio ambiente y la salud humana que de otra forma podrían

producirse debido a una manipulación de residuos inapropiada.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con las autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Para Suiza: Los equipos eléctricos o electrónicos pueden

devolverse al vendedor sin coste alguno, incluso si no compra

ningún nuevo producto. Se puede encontrar una lista de otros

centros de recogida en la página principal de www.swico.ch o

www.sens.ch.

B. Información sobre Eliminación para empresas usuarias

1. En la Unión Europea

Si el producto se utiliza en una empresa y quiere desecharlo:

Por favor póngase en contacto con su distribuidor SHARP, quien le

informará sobre la recogida del producto. Puede ser que le cobren

los costes de recogida y reciclaje. Puede ser que los productos de

tamaño pequeño (y las cantidades pequeñas) sean recogidos por

sus centros de recogida locales.

Para España: por favor, póngase en contacto con el sistema de

recogida establecido o con las autoridades locales para la recogida

de los productos usados.

2. En otros países fuera de la Unión Europea

Si desea desechar este producto, por favor póngase en contacto

con sus autoridades locales y pregunte por el método de

eliminación correcto.

Atención: su

producto está

marcado con este

símbolo. Significa

que los productos

eléctricos y

electrónicos

usados no

deberían

mezclarse con los

residuos

domésticos

generales. Existe

un sistema de

recogida

independiente para

estos productos.

ESPAÑOL

A. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti (privati)

1. Nell’Unione europea

Attenzione: Per smaltire il presente dispositivo, non utilizzare il normale

bidone della spazzatura!

Le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche usate devono essere

gestite a parte e in conformità alla legislazione che richiede il

trattamento, il recupero e il riciclaggio adeguato dei suddetti prodotti.

In seguito alle disposizioni attuate dagli Stati membri, i privati residenti

nella UE possono conferire gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche

ed elettroniche usate a centri di raccolta designati*. In alcuni paesi*,

anche il rivenditore locale può ritirare gratuitamente il vecchio prodotto

se l’utente acquista un altro nuovo di tipologia simile.

*) Per maggiori informazioni si prega di contattare l’autorità locale

competente.

Se le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate hanno batterie o

accumulatori, l’utente dovrà smaltirli a parte preventivamente in

conformità alle disposizioni locali.

Lo smaltimento corretto del presente prodotto contribuirà a garantire

che i rifiuti siano sottoposti al trattamento, al recupero e al riciclaggio

necessari prevenendone il potenziale impatto negativo sull’ambiente e

sulla salute umana, che potrebbe derivare da un’inadeguata gestione

dei rifiuti.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Per la Svizzera: Le apparecchiature elettriche o elettroniche usate

possono essere restituite gratuitamente al rivenditore, anche se non si

acquista un prodotto nuovo. Altri centri di raccolta sono elencati sulle

homepage di www.swico.ch o di www.sens.ch.

B. Informazioni sullo smaltimento per gli utenti commerciali

1. Nell’Unione europea

Se il prodotto è impiegato a scopi commerciali, procedere come segue

per eliminarlo.

Contattare il proprio rivenditore SHARP che fornirà informazioni circa il

ritiro del prodotto. Potrebbero essere addebitate le spese di ritiro e

riciclaggio. Prodotti piccoli (e quantitativi ridotti) potranno essere ritirati

anche dai centri di raccolta locali.

Per la Spagna: Contattare il sistema di raccolta ufficiale o l’ente locale

preposto al ritiro dei prodotti usati.

2. In paesi che non fanno parte dell’UE

Se si desidera eliminare il presente prodotto, contattare le autorità

locali e informarsi sul metodo di smaltimento corretto.

Attenzione: Il

dispositivo è

contrassegnato da

questo simbolo,

che segnala di

non smaltire le

apparecchiature

elettriche ed

elettroniche

insieme ai normali

rifiuti domestici.

Per tali prodotti è

previsto un

sistema di

raccolta a parte.

ITALIANO

A. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para os

Utilizadores (particulares)

1. Na União Europeia

Atenção: Se quiser eliminar este equipamento, não o deve fazer

juntamente com o lixo doméstico comum!

O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico deve ser tratado separadamente

e ao abrigo da legislação aplicável que obriga a um tratamento,

recuperação e reciclagem adequados de equipamentos eléctricos e

electrónicos usados.

Após a implementação desta legislação por parte dos Estados-

membros, todos os cidadãos residentes na União Europeia poderão

entregar o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado em estações

de recolha específicas a título gratuito*. Em alguns países* o seu

revendedor local também pode recolher o seu equipamento usado a

título gratuito na compra de um novo equipamento.

*) Contacte as entidades locais para mais informações.

Se o seu equipamento eléctrico e electrónico usado funcionar a pilhas

ou baterias, deverá eliminá-las em separado, conforme a legislação

local, e antes de entregar o seu equipamento.

Ao eliminar este produto correctamente estará a contribuir para que o

lixo seja submetido aos processos de tratamento, recuperação e

reciclagem adequados. Desta forma é possível evitar os efeitos

nocivos que o tratamento inadequado do lixo poderia provocar no

ambiente e na saúde.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Na Suíça: O equipamento eléctrico e electrónico é aceite, a título

gratuito, em qualquer revendedor, mesmo que não tenha adquirido um

novo produto. Poderá encontrar uma lista das estações de recolha

destes equipamentos na página da Web www.swicho.ch ou

www.sens.ch.

B. Informações sobre a Eliminação de Produtos para Utilizadores-

Empresas.

1. Na União Europeia

Se o produto for usado para fins comerciais e quiser eliminá-lo:

Contacte o seu revendedor SHARP que irá informá-lo sobre a melhor

forma de eliminar o produto. Poderá ter de pagar as despesas

resultantes da recolha e reciclagem do produto. Alguns produtos mais

pequenos (e em pequenas quantidades) poderão ser recolhidos pelas

estações locais.

Na Espanha: Contacte o sistema de recolhas público ou as entidades

locais para mais informações sobre a recolha de produtos usados.

2. Em outros Países fora da UE

Se quiser eliminar este produto, contacte as entidades locais e

informe-se sobre o método correcto para proceder à sua eliminação.

Atenção: O seu

produto está

identificado com

este símbolo.

Significa que os

produtos

eléctricos e

electrónicos não

devem ser

misturados com o

lixo doméstico

comum. Existe um

sistema de

recolhas

específico para

estes produtos.

PORTUGUÊS

A. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for brugere (private

husholdninger)

1. Inden for EU

Obs: Hvis du ønsker at kassere dette apparat, bør du ikke komme det i

din almindelige skraldespand.

Brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr skal behandles særskilt og i

overensstemmelse med loven om korrekt behandling og genbrug af

brugt elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.

Som følge af EU-medlemslandenes implementering af denne lov, har

private husstande i EU ret til gratis*, at aflevere deres brugte elektriske

og elektroniske udstyr på angivne genbrugspladser. I nogle lande* er

det muligvis gratis, at indlevere det brugte produkt hos den lokale

forhandler, hvis du køber et tilsvarende nyt produkt.

*) Kontakt de lokale myndigheder hvis du ønsker yderligere

oplysninger.

Hvis dit brugte elektriske eller elektroniske udstyr indeholder batterier

eller akkumulatorer, bedes du skille dig af med dem, i

overensstemmelse med den lokale lovgivning, før du indleverer

udstyret.

Ved at kassere dette apparat korrekt, vil du være med til at sikre, at

vores affald behandles og genbruges rigtigt. Derved udsættes hverken

miljøet eller vores helbred for overlast som følge af uhensigtsmæssig

affaldshåndtering.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem om, hvorledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

B. Oplysninger om kassering og genbrug for virksomheder.

1. Inden for EU

Hvis dette produkt bruges i forbindelse med virksomhedsdrift, og du

ønsker at skille dig af med det:

Du bedes kontakte din SHARP-forhandler, som vil fortælle dig hvordan

produktet kan indleveres. Du vil muligvis skulle betale for

omkostningerne i forbindelse med indlevering og genbrug. Små

produkter (i små mængder) kan muligvis afleveres på den lokale

genbrugsplads.

2. I lande uden for EU

Hvis du ønsker at skille dig af med dette produkt, bedes du kontakte de

lokale myndigheder og spørge dem, hvordledes produktet kasseres

korrekt.

Obs: Produktet vil

have dette

symbol. Det

betyder at der er

tale om elektrisk

eller elektronisk

udstyr som ikke

bør blandes med

det almindelige

husholdnings-

affald. Der findes

et særskilt

genbrugssystem

til sådanne

produkter.

DANSK

A. Informace o likvidaci pro uživatele (domácnosti)

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Upozornění: Toto zařízení nelikvidujte v běžných odpadkových

koších!

Použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení je třeba likvidovat

samostatně a v souladu s legislativou, která vyžaduje řádnou

likvidaci, obnovení a recyklaci použitého elektrického a

elektronického vybavení.

Na základě dohody členských států mohou domácnosti v zemích

Evropské unie vracet použité elektrické a elektronické vybavení v

určených sběrnách zdarma*. V některých zemích* od vás může

místní prodejce odebrat zdarma použitý výrobek, pokud

zakoupíte nový podobný.

*) Další podrobnosti vám sdělí orgány místní správy.

Pokud použité elektrické nebo elektronické vybavení obsahuje

baterie nebo akumulátory, zlikvidujte je předem samostatně v

souladu s místními vyhláškami.

Řádnou likvidací tohoto výrobku pomáháte zajistit, že bude

odpad vhodným způsobem zlikvidován, obnoven a recyklován a

zabráníte tak možnému poškození životního prostředí a zdraví

obyvatel, ke kterému by mohlo dojít v případě nesprávné

likvidace.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

B. Informace o likvidaci pro podnikatelské subjekty.

1. V zemích Evropské unie

Chcete-li zlikvidovat výrobek, který je používán pro podnikatelské

účely:

Obraťte se na prodejce SHARP, který vás informuje o odebrání

výrobku. Odebrání a recyklace mohou být zpoplatněny. Malé

výrobky (a malá množství) mohou odebírat místní sběrny

odpadu.

2. V ostatních zemích mimo Evropskou unii.

Chcete-li tento výrobek zlikvidovat, obraťte se na místní správní

orgány, které vás seznámí s vhodnou metodou likvidace.

Upozornění: Váš

výrobek je

označen tímto

symbolem.

Znamená to, že

je zakázáno

likvidovat použitý

elektrický nebo

elektronický

výrobek s

běžným domácím

odpadem. Pro

tyto výrobky je k

dispozici

samostatný

sběrný systém.

ČESKY

A. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató felhasználók részére (magán

háztartások)

1. Az Európai Unióban

Figyelem: Ha a készüléket ki akarja selejtezni, kérjük, ne a

közönséges szemeteskukát használja!

A használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseket külön, és a

használt elektromos és elektronikus berendezések szabályszerű

kezeléséről, visszanyeréséről és újrahasznosításáról rendelkező

jogszabályokkal összhangban kell kezelni.

A tagállamok általi végrehajtást követően az EU államokon belül a

magán háztartások használt elektromos és elektronikai

berendezéseiket díjmentesen juttathatják vissza a kijelölt

gyűjtőlétesítményekbe*. Egyes országokban* a helyi kiskereskedés

is díjmentesen visszaveheti Öntől a régi terméket, ha hasonló új

terméket vásárol.

*) A további részletekről, kérjük, érdeklődjön az önkormányzatnál.

Ha használt elektromos vagy elektronikus berendezésében elemek

vagy akkumulátorok vannak, kérjük, előzetesen ezeket selejtezze ki

a helyi előírásoknak megfelelően.

A termék szabályszerű kiselejtezésével Ön segít biztosítani azt,

hogy a hulladék keresztülmenjen a szükséges kezelésen,

visszanyerési és újrahasznosítási eljáráson, ezáltal közreműködik a

lehetséges káros környezeti és humán egészségi hatások

megelőzésében, amelyek ellenkező esetben a helytelen

hulladékkezelés következtében előállhatnának.

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

B. Hulladék-elhelyezési tájékoztató vállalati felhasználók

részére.

1. Az Európai Unióban

Ha a terméket üzleti célokra használta, és ki kívánja selejtezni:

Kérjük, forduljon a SHARP kereskedéshez, ahol tájékoztatják Önt a

termék visszavételéről. Lehetséges, hogy a visszavételből és

újrahasznosításból eredő költségeket felszámítják. Előfordulhat,

hogy a helyi hulladékbegyűjtő létesítmény átveszi a kisebb

termékeket (és kis mennyiségeket).

2. Az EU-n kívüli egyéb országokban

Ha a terméket ki szeretné selejtezni, kérjük, forduljon az

önkormányzathoz, és érdeklődjön a helyes hulladék-elhelyezési

módszerről.

Figyelem: A

terméket ezzel a

jelöléssel látták

el. Ez azt jelenti,

hogy a használt

elektromos és

elektronikus

termékeket nem

szabad az

általános

háztartási

hulladékkal

keverni. Ezekhez

a termékekhez

külön

hulladékgyűjtő

rendszer üzemel.

MAGYAR

A. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor gebruikers

(particuliere huishoudens)

1. In de Europese Unie

Let op: Deze apparatuur niet samen met het normale huisafval

weggooien!

Afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur moet

gescheiden worden ingezameld conform de wetgeving inzake de

verantwoorde verwerking, terugwinning en recycling van

afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur.

Na de invoering van de wet door de lidstaten mogen particuliere

huishoudens in de lidstaten van de Europese Unie hun afgedankte

elektrische en elektronische apparatuur kosteloos* naar hiertoe

aangewezen inzamelingsinrichtingen brengen*. In sommige

landen* kunt u bij de aanschaf van een nieuw apparaat het oude

product kosteloos bij uw lokale distributeur inleveren.

*) Neem contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten voor verdere

informatie.

Als uw elektrische of elektronische apparatuur batterijen of

accumulatoren bevat dan moet u deze afzonderlijk conform de

plaatselijke voorschriften weggooien.

Door dit product op een verantwoorde manier weg te gooien, zorgt

u ervoor dat het afval de juiste verwerking, terugwinning en

recycling ondergaat en potentiële negatieve effecten op het milieu

en de menselijke gezondheid worden voorkomen die anders

zouden ontstaan door het verkeerd verwerken van het afval.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Voor Zwitserland: U kunt afgedankte elektrische en elektronische

apparatuur kosteloos bij de distributeur inleveren, zelfs als u geen

nieuw product koopt. Aanvullende inzamelingsinrichtingen zijn

vermeld op de startpagina van www.swico.ch or www.sens.ch.

B. Informatie over afvalverwijdering voor bedrijven.

1. In de Europese Unie

Als u het product voor zakelijke doeleinden heeft gebruikt en als u

dit wilt weggooien:

Neem contact op met uw SHARP distributeur die u inlichtingen

verschaft over de terugname van het product. Het kan zijn dat u

een afvalverwijderingsbijdrage voor de terugname en recycling

moet betalen. Kleine producten (en kleine hoeveelheden) kunnen

door de lokale inzamelingsinrichtingen worden verwerkt.

Voor Spanje: Neem contact op met de inzamelingsinrichting of de

lokale autoriteiten voor de terugname van uw afgedankte producten.

2. In andere landen buiten de Europese Unie

Als u dit product wilt weggooien, neem dan contact op met de

plaatselijke autoriteiten voor informatie omtrent de juiste

verwijderingsprocedure.

Let op: Uw

product is van dit

merkteken

voorzien. Dit

betekent dat

afgedankte

elektrische en

elektronische

apparatuur niet

samen met het

normale huisafval

mogen worden

weggegooid. Er

bestaat een

afzonderlijk

inzamelings-

systeem voor

deze producten.

NEDERLANDS

A) Information om återvinning av elektrisk utrustning för

hushåll

1. EU-länder

OBS! Kasta inte denna produkt i soporna!

Förbrukad elektrisk utrustning måste hanteras i enlighet med

gällande miljölagstiftning och återvinningsföreskrifter.

I enlighet med gällande EU-regler ska hushåll ha möjlighet att

lämna in elektrisk utrustning till återvinningsstationer utan kostnad.*

I vissa länder* kan det även hända att man gratis kan lämna in

gamla produkter till återförsäljaren när man köper en ny liknande

enhet.

* Kontakta kommunen för vidare information.

Om utrustningen innehåller batterier eller ackumulatorer ska dessa

först avlägsnas och hanteras separat i enlighet med gällande

miljöföreskrifter.

Genom att hantera produkten i enlighet med dessa föreskrifter

kommer den att tas om hand och återvinnas på tillämpligt sätt,

vilket förhindrar potentiella negativa hälso- och miljöeffekter.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

B) Information om återvinning för företag

1. EU-länder

Gör så här om produkten ska kasseras:

Kontakta SHARPs återförsäljare för information om hur man går till

väga för att lämna tillbaka produkten. Det kan hända att en avgift för

transport och återvinning tillkommer. Mindre skrymmande produkter

(om det rör sig om ett fåtal) kan eventuellt återlämnas till lokala

återvinningsstationer.

2. Länder utanför EU

Kontakta de lokala myndigheterna och ta reda på gällande

sorterings- och återvinningsföreskrifter om du behöver göra dig av

med denna produkt.

OBS! Produkten

är märkt med

symbolen ovan.

Denna symbol

indikerar att

elektroniska

produkter inte ska

kastas i det

vanliga

hushållsavfallet

eftersom det finns

ett separat

avfallshanterings-

system för dem.

SVENSKA

A. Hävitysohjeet käyttäjille (yksityiset kotitaloudet)

1. Euroopan unionissa

Huomio: Jos haluat hävittää tämän laitteen, älä käytä tavallista

jätesäiliötä.

Käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet pitää hävittää erikseen

noudattaen lainsäädäntöä, joka takaa käytettyjen sähkö- ja

elektroniikkalaitteiden oikean käsittelyn, keräämisen ja kierrättämisen.

Jäsenvaltioiden täytäntöönpanoa seuraten yksityiset kotitaloudet EU:n

jäsenvaltioissa voivat palauttaa käytetyt sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitteet

määrättyihin keräyspaikkoihin ilmaiseksi*. Joissakin maissa* paikalliset

vähittäismyyjät voivat myös ottaa vastaan vanhan tuotteen ilmaiseksi,

jos asiakas ostaa vastaavan uuden tuotteen.

*) Pyydä lisätietoja paikallisviranomaisilta.

Jos käytetyissä sähkö- tai elektroniikkalaitteissa käytetään paristoja tai

akkuja, hävitä nämä tuotteet etukäteen erikseen paikallisten säädösten

mukaisesti.

Hävittämällä tuotteen asiamukaisesti, autat varmistamaan, että jätteet

käsitellään, kerätään ja kierrätetään asianmukaisella tavalla. Näin

vältytään haitallisilta ympäristö- ja terveysvaikutuksilta, joita saattaa

olla seuraamuksena jätteen epäasianmukaisesta käsittelystä.

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

B. Hävitysohjeet yrityskäyttäjille.

1. Euroopan unionissa

Jos tuotetta on käytetty yrityskäytössä, ja haluat hävittää sen,

ota yhteys SHARP-jälleenmyyjään, joka antaa sinulle lisäohjeita tai

ottaa tuotteen vastaan. Sinulta saatetaan veloittaa tuotteen

vastaanottamisesta ja kierrätyksestä johtuvat kustannukset. Paikalliset

keräyspisteet saattavat ottaa vastaan pienet tuotteet (ja pienet määrät).

2. Muissa maissa EU:n ulkopuolella

Jos haluat hävittää tuotteen, ota yhteys paikallisiin viranomaisiin ja

pyydä ohjeita tuotteen asianmukaiseen hävittämiseen.

Huomio: Tuote on

merkitty tällä

symbolilla. Tämä

tarkoittaa, että

käytettyjä sähkö-

ja elektroniikkalait-

teita ei saa

sekoittaa

kotitalouden

yleisjätteiden

kanssa. Näille

tuotteille on

olemassa erillinen

keräysjärjestelmä.

SUOMI

Function

Fonction

Funktion

Función

Função

Funzioni

Functie

Függvény

Funkce

Funktion

Funktio

Funktion

Fungsi

穮朞

Dynamic range

Plage dynamique

zulässiger Bereich

Rango dinámico

Gama dinâmica

Campi dinamici

Rekencapaciteit

Megengedett számítási tartomány

Dynamický rozsah

Definitionsområde

Dynaaminen ala

Dynamikområde

Kisaran dinamis

壟洇͑憚氊

sin

x, cos

x, tan

DEG: |

x | < 1010

(tan

x: |

| ≠ 90(2n − 1))*

RAD: |

x | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ π

⎯

2(2n − 1))*

GRAD: |

x | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

(tan

x: |

x | ≠ 100(2n − 1))*

sin–1

x, cos–1

x | ≤ 1

tan–1

x, 3P

x | < 10100

x, log

x, loga

x10–99 ≤ x < 10100, 10–99 ≤ a < 10100 (a ≠ 1)

• y > 0: −10100 < xlog

y < 100

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = n

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = 2n − 1, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < xlog | y | < 100

• y > 0: −10100 < 1

⎯

xlog

y < 100 (x ≠ 0)

• y = 0: 0 < x < 10100

• y < 0: x = 2n − 1

(0 < |

x | < 1: 1

⎯

x = n, x ≠ 0)*,

−10100 < 1

⎯

xlog | y | < 100

ex−10100 < x ≤ 230.2585092

10x−10100 < x < 100

sinh

x, cosh

x, tanh

x | ≤ 230.2585092

sinh–1

x | < 1050

cosh–1

x1 ≤ x < 1050

tanh–1

x | < 1

x2|

x | < 1050

x3|

x | < 2.15443469 × 1033

x0 ≤ x < 10100

x–1 |

x | < 10100 (x ≠ 0)

n! 0 ≤ n ≤ 69*

nPr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

nCr

0 ≤ r ≤ n ≤ 9999999999*

0 ≤ r ≤ 69

⎯

(n − r)! < 10100

󱚷DEG, D°M’S 0°0’0.00001” ≤ |

x | < 10000°

x, y 󱚴 r, θx2 + y2 < 10100

r, θ 󱚴 x, y

0 ≤ r < 10100

DEG: |

θ | < 1010

RAD: |

θ | < π

⎯

180 × 1010

GRAD: |

θ | < 10

⎯

9 × 1010

DRG▶DEG 󱚴 RAD, GRAD 󱚴 DEG: |

x | < 10100

RAD 󱚴 GRAD: |

x | < π

⎯

2 × 1098

(A + Bi) + (C + Di)| A + C | < 10100, | B + D | < 10100

(A + Bi) − (C + Di)| A − C | < 10100, | B − D | < 10100

(A + Bi) × (C + Di)(AC − BD) < 10100

(AD + BC) < 10100

Sharp EL W506 W506/W516/W546 Operation Manual GB User To The A9ea6ae8 A7cf 4f4b 8a66 Dc5a3308b475

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation